Professional Documents
Culture Documents
D-Sheet Piling
User Manual
User Manual
Version: 14.1.34974
31 July 2014
telephone:
fax:
e-mail:
www:
+31 88 335 82 73
+31 88 335 85 82
info@deltares.nl
http://www.deltares.nl
Contents
Contents
1 General Information
1.1 Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.2 Features in Standard module . . . . . .
1.2.1 Sheet Piling . . . . . . . . . . .
1.2.2 Anchors and Struts . . . . . . .
1.2.3 Soil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.2.4 Loads and Supports . . . . . .
1.2.5 Staged Construction . . . . . .
1.2.6 Design Procedures . . . . . . .
1.2.7 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3 Features in additional modules . . . . .
1.3.1 Culmann module . . . . . . . .
1.3.2 Eurocode 7 Verification module
1.3.3 Single Pile module . . . . . . .
1.3.4 Feasibility module . . . . . . .
1.3.5 Settlement by vibration module
1.4 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.5 Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.6 Minimum System Requirements . . . .
1.7 Definitions of symbols and Symbols . .
1.8 Getting Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.9 Getting Support . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.10 Deltares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.11 Deltares Systems . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.12 Rijkswaterstaat . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.13 On-line software (Citrix) . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1
1
1
1
2
2
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
6
6
8
8
9
10
11
13
14
14
14
2 Getting Started
2.1 Starting D-S HEET P ILING . . . . . . .
2.2 Main Window . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2.1 Menu bar . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2.2 Icon bar . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2.3 Input Diagram window . . . .
2.2.4 Stage Composer . . . . . . .
2.2.5 Info bar . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2.6 Title panel . . . . . . . . . .
2.2.7 Status bar . . . . . . . . . .
2.3 Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4 Tips and Tricks . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4.1 Keyboard shortcuts . . . . . .
2.4.2 Exporting figures and reports
2.4.3 Copying part of a table . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
15
15
15
16
17
18
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
23
24
3 General
3.1 File menu . . . . . . . .
3.2 Tools menu . . . . . . .
3.2.1 Program Options
3.2.2 Profiles Library .
3.3 Help menu . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
25
25
25
26
29
29
Deltares
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
iii
.
.
.
.
.
.
29
30
30
30
30
30
4 Input
4.1 Project menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.1 Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.2 User Defined Partial Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.2.1 Eurocode 7 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.2.2 Eurocode 7 Dutch Annex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.2.3 Eurocode 7 Belgian Annex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.2.4 CUR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.3 Project Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.4 View Input File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2 Construction menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2.1 Regular sheet piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2.2 Combined wall wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2.3 Profiles Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2.3.1 Profiles Library from manufacturers/distributors . . . . . .
4.2.3.2 User Defined Profiles Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2.4 Single Piles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3 Soil menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.1 Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.2 Soil Materials for Sheet Piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.2.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.2.2 Earth pressure coefficients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.2.3 Curve Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.2.4 Modulus of subgrade reaction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.2.5 Settlement by vibration coefficients . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.3 Soil Materials for Single Pile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.3.1 Soil Materials for Single pile loaded by forces . . . . . . .
4.3.3.2 Soil Materials for Single pile loaded by user-defined soil displacements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.3.3 Soil Materials for Single pile loaded by calculated soil displacements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.4 Soil Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.4.1 Adding Soil Profiles Manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.4.2 Adding Soil Profiles from CPT CPT Selection . . . . . .
4.3.4.3 Adding Soil Profiles from CPT CPT Interpretation . . . .
4.3.5 Water Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.6 Water Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4 Loads menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4.1 Uniform Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4.2 Surcharge Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4.3 Horizontal Line Loads / Horizontal Forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4.4 Moments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4.5 Normal Forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4.6 Soil Displacements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
31
31
31
32
33
34
36
38
39
42
43
43
45
47
47
50
52
53
53
54
55
55
56
57
60
60
61
iv
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
62
62
64
65
66
68
71
72
72
72
73
75
77
78
79
Deltares
Contents
4.5
4.6
Supports menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.1 Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.2 Struts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.3 Spring Supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.4 Rigid supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stages menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.6.1 Stages Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.6.2 Stage(s) Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.6.2.1 Stages Overview for Sheet Piling
4.6.2.2 Stage Overview for Single Pile .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 Calculations
5.1 Calculation Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.1 Possibilities and limitations of the option First stage represents initial
situation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.2 Coarse vs. Fine calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2 Start Calculation for Sheet Piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2.1 Standard Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2.1.1 Fictive Earth Pressure Coefficients . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2.1.2 Calculation Progress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2.2 Design Sheet Piling Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2.2.1 Design Sheet Piling Length (standard) . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2.2.2 Design Sheet Piling Length acc. to Eurocode 7 (General) .
5.2.2.3 Design Sheet Piling Length acc. to CUR and Eurocode 7
(NL Annex) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2.2.4 Design Sheet Piling Length acc. to Eurocode 7 (Belgian
Annex) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2.3 Verify Sheet Piling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2.3.1 Verify Sheet Piling acc. to Eurocode 7 (General) . . . . . .
5.2.3.2 Verify Sheet Piling acc. to CUR and Eurocode 7 (NL Annex)
5.2.3.3 Verify Sheet Piling acc. to Eurocode 7 (Belgian Annex) . .
5.2.4 Allowable Anchor Force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2.4.1 Verification Anchor Force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2.4.2 Allowable Anchor Force Results Diagram . . . . . . . . .
5.2.5 Overall Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2.5.1 Overall Stability acc. to Eurocode 7 (General) . . . . . . .
5.2.5.2 Overall Stability acc. to Eurocode 7 (NL Annex) . . . . . .
5.2.5.3 Overall Stability acc. to CUR 166 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2.5.4 Overall Stability acc. to Eurocode 7 (Belgian Annex) . . . .
5.3 Start Calculation for Single Pile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.4 Batch Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.5 Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
79
79
82
83
84
84
85
85
85
88
89
89
89
90
90
90
91
92
93
93
95
96
97
98
98
99
101
102
103
104
106
107
107
108
108
109
109
110
6 View Results
113
6.1 Report Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
6.2 Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
6.2.1 Report for a standard calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
6.2.2 Report for a Verify Sheet Piling calculation acc. CUR and EC7 NL . . 118
6.2.3 Report for a Verify Sheet Piling calculation acc. EC7 General and EC7 B119
6.3 Moments, Forces and Displacements Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
6.3.1 Charts for a Standard calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Deltares
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.3.2 Charts for a Verify Sheet Piling calculation acc. CUR and EC7 NL . . 122
6.3.3 Charts for a Verify Sheet Piling calculation acc. EC7 General and EC7 B123
Stress Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Stress Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Settlement by Vibration Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
6.6.1 Settlements during installation of the sheet piling . . . . . . . . . . . 129
6.6.2 Settlements during removal of the sheet piling . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
6.6.3 Total settlement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Slide Planes C, Phi, Delta Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
7 Feasibility
7.1 Settlement by vibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.2 Sheet Pile Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.2.1 Sheet Pile Installation based on NVAF lines . . . . . . .
7.2.2 Sheet Pile Installation based on GeoBrain Experiences
7.3 GeoBrain Drivability Prediction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3.1 GeoBrain Prediction Menu bar . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3.2 GeoBrain Prediction Geotechnics menu . . . . . . . .
7.3.3 GeoBrain Prediction Sheet pile menu . . . . . . . . .
7.3.4 GeoBrain Prediction Installation menu . . . . . . . . .
7.3.5 GeoBrain Prediction Result menu . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3.6 GeoBrain Prediction Prediction Report . . . . . . . .
7.4 GeoBrain Drivability Experiences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.4.1 GeoBrain Experiences Search on Sheet Piling . . . .
7.4.2 GeoBrain Experiences Search on CPT . . . . . . . .
7.4.3 GeoBrain Experiences Search on Location . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
133
133
134
134
135
137
138
138
140
142
143
143
144
146
148
150
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
153
153
154
154
155
156
158
158
160
163
165
166
166
166
166
166
167
167
168
169
170
170
vi
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
171
Deltares
Contents
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
9.6
9.7
9.8
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
171
172
173
173
176
178
179
180
180
181
182
183
184
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
185
185
186
187
187
188
188
189
190
190
192
193
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
195
195
196
196
196
197
198
199
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Deltares
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
205
205
206
207
208
209
210
210
211
211
vii
212
213
214
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
viii
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
235
235
237
237
238
239
241
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
243
243
244
245
245
245
246
246
246
247
247
247
247
Deltares
Contents
17.4 Water pressure results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.5 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18 Tutorial 11: Modeling of loads with limited dimensions
18.1 Introduction to the case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.2 General input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.3 Modeling of load with limited size parallel to the sheet piling
18.4 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.5 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
247
249
.
.
.
.
.
251
251
252
253
254
256
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
257
257
258
258
259
259
261
261
262
263
264
264
269
270
272
274
275
277
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
279
279
279
281
282
282
283
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
285
285
287
288
288
289
290
291
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
293
293
294
294
295
295
Deltares
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
ix
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
298
299
299
300
301
301
302
303
304
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
305
305
306
306
308
308
309
311
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
313
313
316
316
316
317
317
319
319
319
319
320
320
321
323
324
324
325
326
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
327
327
332
332
332
333
333
333
334
334
336
336
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Deltares
Contents
25.3 Design at short term (Tutorial-18b) . . . .
25.3.1 Adapting the properties of the wall
25.3.2 Adding a uniform load . . . . . .
25.3.3 Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25.4 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
338
338
338
339
339
26 Governing Equation
341
343
343
343
344
345
345
346
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
351
351
352
352
352
353
353
354
354
361
363
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
375
375
375
375
376
376
377
xi
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
35 Initial Stage
378
378
378
378
379
379
379
379
380
380
380
383
.
.
.
.
.
.
385
385
385
388
388
389
390
37 Special Cases
37.1 Combination with piles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
37.1.1 Acting width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
37.1.2 Modified soil reaction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
37.2 Surcharge with limited size parallel to the sheet piling . . . . . .
37.2.1 Simple load (constant dimensions in both directions) . .
37.2.2 Complex load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
37.3 Modeling concrete under water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
37.4 Difference in pressure heads on both sides of the sheet pile wall
37.5 Stiffness of particular sheet pile walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
37.5.1 Contiguous bored-pile wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
37.5.2 Secant bored-pile wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
37.5.3 Pile walls with reinforced concrete piles . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
391
391
391
391
392
393
394
394
395
397
398
398
399
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
38 Settlements by vibration
401
38.1 Model description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
38.2 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
39 Benchmarks
403
Bibliography
405
xii
Deltares
List of Figures
List of Figures
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1
2
2
3
10
11
12
13
13
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
Modules window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D-S HEET P ILING main window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D-S HEET P ILING menu bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D-S HEET P ILING icon bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input Diagram window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stage Composer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pop-up menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selection of different parts of a table using the arrow cursor
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
15
16
16
17
18
20
21
24
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
26
27
28
28
29
30
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
4.11
4.12
Model window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
User Defined Partial Factors window, EC7 General tab . . . . . . . . . . . .
User Defined Partial Factors window, EC7 NL tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
User Defined Partial Factors window, EC7 B tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
User Defined Partial Factors window, CUR tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Project Properties window, Identification tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Project Properties window, Diagram Settings tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Project Properties window, Chart Settings tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sheet Piling window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sheet Piling window (vertical balance check) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Design Combined Wall window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sheet Piling window, Result of using the combined wall wizard (per center-tocenter distance) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, Hot rolled sheet piles tab . . . . . . . .
Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, Cold formed sheet piles tab . . . . . .
Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, Synthetic sheet piles tab . . . . . . . .
Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, Piles tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, User defined piles tab . . . . . . . . .
Piles library, Add Pile to user defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pile window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Surfaces window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Soil Materials window for the Ka , K0 , Kp soil parameters or Mixed models . .
Soil Materials window for the c, , soil parameters model . . . . . . . . . .
31
33
35
37
38
40
41
42
43
43
46
4.13
4.14
4.15
4.16
4.17
4.18
4.19
4.20
4.21
4.22
Deltares
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
47
48
49
49
50
50
51
52
53
54
54
xiii
4.34
4.35
4.36
4.37
4.38
4.39
4.40
4.41
4.42
4.43
4.44
4.45
4.46
4.47
4.48
4.49
4.50
4.51
4.52
4.53
4.54
4.55
4.56
4.57
4.58
4.59
4.60
4.61
4.62
4.63
4.64
4.65
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
4.30
4.31
4.32
4.33
xiv
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
55
56
56
57
58
58
59
59
60
61
62
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
71
72
72
73
74
75
75
75
76
77
77
78
79
80
81
82
82
83
84
85
86
88
89
91
92
92
93
Deltares
List of Figures
5.6
5.7
5.8
5.9
5.10
5.11
5.12
5.14
5.15
5.16
5.17
5.18
5.19
5.20
5.21
5.22
5.23
5.24
5.25
5.26
100
101
102
104
105
106
107
107
108
108
109
109
110
110
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
6.10
6.11
6.12
6.13
6.14
6.15
6.16
6.17
6.18
6.19
6.20
6.21
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
113
114
115
116
117
117
117
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
130
131
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
133
134
134
135
136
5.13
Deltares
94
95
95
96
97
98
99
xv
xvi
136
137
138
139
141
142
143
143
144
145
146
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
157
158
159
159
160
161
161
162
8.15
8.16
8.17
8.18
8.19
8.20
8.21
8.22
8.23
8.24
8.25
8.26
9.1
171
162
163
164
164
165
165
166
167
167
168
169
169
170
Deltares
List of Figures
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
9.6
9.7
9.8
9.9
9.10
9.11
9.12
9.13
9.14
9.15
9.16
9.17
9.18
9.19
9.20
9.21
10.1 Final situation after excavation, installation of an anchor and lowering of the
water level (tutorial 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.2 Excavation stages shown separately (tutorial 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.3 Surfaces window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.4 Water Levels window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.5 Anchors window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.6 Stages Manager window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.7 Stages Overview window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.8 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window for the second stage . . . . . .
10.9 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window for the third stage . . . . . . . .
10.10 Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window for the third stage with a new
sheet piling profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.11 Report window, Summary section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.1
11.2
11.3
11.4
11.5
11.6
179
180
180
181
182
182
183
184
185
186
187
187
188
189
190
191
191
192
192
Surcharge load and horizontal line load in the last stage (tutorial 4) . . . . . . 195
Surcharge Loads window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Horizontal Line Loads window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Stages Overview window showing input for the fourth stage . . . . . . . . . 197
Input Diagram window for the fourth stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window showing the effect the applied
loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Deltares
172
173
173
174
174
175
175
176
177
177
178
178
201
202
202
203
203
xvii
223
224
225
226
226
227
228
229
231
232
233
16.1
16.2
16.3
16.4
16.5
16.6
16.7
16.8
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
235
236
237
238
238
239
240
241
17.1
17.2
17.3
17.4
Pit excavation with water flow under the sheet pile wall (tutorial 10)
Water pressures distribution on both sides of sheet piling . . . . .
Soil Profiles window with additional pore pressures on left side . .
Soil Profiles window with additional pore pressures on right side .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
243
245
246
246
xviii
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
216
218
218
219
220
221
222
222
Deltares
List of Figures
17.5
17.6
17.7
17.8
18.1
18.2
18.3
18.4
18.5
Struts window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stress State Charts window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chart Data window, Water Pressure Left tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window including the effects of the
tional pore pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
addi. . .
247
248
248
Modeling a load with limited size parallel to the sheet piling (tutorial 11) . . .
Surcharge Loads window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stages Overview window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window, Results for the final stage . . .
Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window, Results for the final stage with a
new sheet piling profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
252
253
254
255
249
255
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
258
259
260
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
268
269
270
271
272
273
273
274
275
276
277
20.1
20.2
20.3
20.4
20.5
20.6
20.7
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
279
280
280
281
281
282
283
by embank. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
286
287
288
289
289
Deltares
(calculated)
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
soil
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
deformations caused
. . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
xix
290
290
291
293
295
296
297
298
298
299
300
301
302
303
303
xx
24.1 One stage excavation with a ProLock Sigma combined wall (Tutorial 17) . . .
24.2 Dimensions of a ProLock Sigma wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24.3 Sheet Piling window at long term (Tutorial-17a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24.4 Surfaces window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24.5 Stage Composer to assign the surface levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24.6 Soil Materials window for Sand moderate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24.7 Start Calculation window, Verify Sheet Piling tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24.8 Calculation Progress window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24.9 Report window - Summary for Tutorial-17a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24.10 Materials window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24.11 Soil Profile window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24.12 Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window for long term situation - Step 6.3
24.13 Sheet Piling window at short term (Tutorial-17b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24.14 Uniform Load window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24.15 Stage composer to assign the uniform load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24.16 Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window for short term situation - Step 6.3
313
314
317
318
318
319
320
320
321
322
322
323
324
324
325
325
25.1
25.2
25.3
25.4
328
329
331
333
One stage excavation with a ProLock Omega combined wall (Tutorial 18)
Dimensions of a ProLock Omega wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical data for the MK-SR anchor wall (Tutorial 18) . . . . . . . . . .
Sheet Piling window at long term (Tutorial-18a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Deltares
List of Figures
25.5 Soil Materials window for Sand moderate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25.6 Soil Materials window for Sand moderate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25.7 Anchors window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25.8 Stage composer to activate the anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25.9 Start Calculation window, Verify Sheet Piling tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25.10 Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window for long term situation - Step 6.3
25.11 Report window, Summary section for long term situation (Tutorial-18a) . . . .
25.12 Sheet Piling window at short term (Tutorial-18b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25.13 Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window for short term situation - Step 6.3
334
334
335
335
336
337
337
338
339
344
346
348
349
29.1
29.2
29.3
29.4
.
.
.
.
351
352
353
353
357
358
361
363
364
367
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
370
371
371
371
372
372
35.1 Effect of a surcharge when not using the initial stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
35.2 Effect of a surcharge when using the initial stage option . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
35.3 Soil stresses on both sides of the sheet pile wall, with and without the initial
stage option being used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
36.1 Situations considered by De Leeuw method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
36.2 Non-uniform load schematized as a uniform load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
36.3 Lateral earth pressure and pile deformation by soil deformation . . . . . . . .
386
386
388
392
Deltares
xxi
xxii
Load distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calculated load (bottom) for a load shape that is not constant (top)
Water pressure on both sides of sheet piling . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tangent bored-pile wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spaced bored-pile wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Secant bored-pile wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
393
394
396
397
398
398
398
Deltares
List of Tables
List of Tables
2.1
23
4.1
60
5.8
154
188
209
216
229
236
244
264
280
286
22.1 Overview of the Design Sheet Piling Length calculation for the different design
approaches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
300
306
24.1
24.2
24.3
24.4
24.5
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
314
315
315
316
326
25.1
25.2
25.3
25.4
25.5
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
329
330
330
331
332
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
28.1 Angle of wall friction values for clay, loam, sand and gravel (acc. to Table 4 of
NEN 6740:2006) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
29.1 General soil parameters from Table 1 of NEN 6740 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
29.2 Secant moduli of subgrade reaction from Table 3.3 of CUR 166 . . . . . . . .
354
355
33.1 Design values of soil properties according to Step 6 of the CUR 166 procedure 370
Deltares
xxiii
379
380
381
387
390
xxiv
376
377
378
379
Deltares
1 General Information
1.1
Preface
D-S HEET P ILING (formerly known as MSheet) is a tool used to design sheet pile and diaphragm
walls and horizontally loaded piles. D-S HEET P ILINGs graphical interactive interface requires
just a short training period, allowing the user to focus their skills directly on the input of sound
geotechnical data and the subsequent design of the wall or single pile. D-S HEET P ILING comes
as a standard module that can be extended with other modules to fit more advanced applications:
1.2
Excess Pore
Pressure
Struts
forces
Moments
Staged
Constructions
1.2.1
Sheet Piling
D-S HEET P ILING models the sheet piling as an elasto-plastic beam on a foundation of uncoupled elasto-plastic springs (representing the soil).
Stiffness. Uniform or variable values can be used for the elastic bending stiffness and
normal stiffness along the beam axis. A library is available for quick selection of standard and user-defined sheet piling profiles. A special combined wall wizard calculates
Deltares
1.2.2
limited capacity
pre- stress
zero pressure
condition
tensile strain
Anchors. Anchors are characterized by arbitrary direction, elastic normal stiffness, zero
pressure condition and limited capacity due to yielding or soil resistance (Figure 1.2).
Pre-tensioning of anchors is optional.
Struts. Struts are characterized by elastic normal stiffness, zero tension condition and
buckling force. Pre-compression of struts is optional.
1.2.3
Soil
Horizontal soil layers can be defined manually or automatically generated by D-S HEET P ILING
from a CPT interpretation, optionally in combination with a non-horizontal ground level. D-S HEET P ILING
models the stiffness of the soil as a series of discrete, independently acting, multi-linear
springs, forming an elastic foundation for a beam (which is used to model the wall).
horizontal effective stress
virgin
loading
active yield
unloading
passive yield
reloading
relative displacement
Figure 1.3: Soil Stress versus Displacement
Physical Non-linear. D-S HEET P ILING makes use of multi-linear relationships between
horizontal stress and displacement, with different values for active and passive yielding.
D-S HEET P ILING can determine these yield values from the well-established slip surface
theories of Culmann, Ktter or Mller-Breslau.
2
Deltares
General Information
Elasto-Plastic. D-S HEET P ILING can accommodate the soil stiffness for the virgin loading state and the unloading/reloading state.
Initial Stress. D-S HEET P ILING derives the initial horizontal stress from the approximate
initial vertical stress using Jkys equation for the lateral stress ratio K0 . D-S HEET P ILING
calculates additional stresses due to surcharge or a non-horizontal ground surface
based on Boussinesqs stress distribution theory.
1.2.4
Pore Fluid. Hydrostatic pore fluid pressure from the input of a phreatic surface position
on either side of the wall. Additional pore pressures can also be specified, varying
linearly within the relevant layers, as schematized in Figure 1.4.
hydrostatic pore
pressure
Figure 1.4: Hydrostatic pressure with additional pore pressures (in excess)
Forces: Line loads or distributed force loads, directed perpendicularly to the sheet pile
wall. Variable normal force along the beam axis.
Deltares
Staged Construction
Construction sequences can be modeled using a step-by-step (phased) analysis. This means
that soil, loads, supports, anchors and struts can be added or removed, and the water table
changed, for each stage.
1.2.6
Design Procedures
Length optimization. D-S HEET P ILING can determine the critical length of the sheet
piling by reducing the length step-by-step until instability occurs or an admissible displacement is exceeded.
Anchor Force. D-S HEET P ILING checks whether the available soil resistance is sufficient
for the anchor force, using a slip surface theory according to Kranz (Kranz, 1953).
1.2.7
Results
D-S HEET P ILING can display a report with graphs and tables of displacements, bending moments, shear forces, pore pressures and soil stresses along the beam axis.
1.3
1.3.1
1.3.2
Safety. D-S HEET P ILING verifies the sheet piling, according to CUR 166 and EuroCode
for a selected stage by applying certain partial safety factors.
Length optimization. D-S HEET P ILING can determine the critical length of the sheet
piling, according to CUR 166 and EuroCode, by reducing the length step-by-step until
instability occurs or an admissible displacement is exceeded the sheet piling length, by
applying certain partial safety factors.
Deltares
General Information
Overall Stability. D-S HEET P ILING verifies a sheet piling against loss of overall stability
by means of a Bishop calculation, according to CUR 166 and Eurocode.
Two different methods for design calculation according to CUR 166 and Eurocode 7 (NL) are
implemented: one using the partial factors prescribed by the design approach in all construction stages (method A) and the second using them only for a selected stage (method B).
A verification report containing all results according to the CUR 166 or EuroCode 7 design
procedure is also available.
1.3.3
Along the pile, several cross-sections with different widths and stiffness can be specified.
The connection of the pile to a foundation can be modeled by defining a fixed support
or a spring support at a certain level. For the support conditions a distinction is made
between translation and rotation.
Several soil layers can be defined, divided by horizontal layer boundaries. Soil properties are input for each layer. The bottom soil layer is assumed to be infinitely thick.
The surface level on both sides of the pile must be identical and horizontal.
The water level determines the hydrostatic water pressure. Additional pore pressures
can also be introduced, varying linearly across each soil layer.
Externally calculated undisturbed soil displacements can be imposed on the pile. D-S HEET P ILING
can also calculate the influence of discrete bending moments and/or horizontal and normal forces on the pile.
The subgrade reaction is put to a minimum (active) and maximum (passive) pressure
on the pile by definition of earth pressure coefficients. Between these extreme values,
D-S HEET P ILING will apply a linear relation between the stress and the displacement, as
defined by a modulus of subgrade reaction. The earth pressure coefficients may be
calculated using the Brinch-Hansen method (Brinch-Hansen and Christensen, 1961)
or directly inputted. The modulus of subgrade reaction may be determined using the
Mnard theory (Mnard, 1971) (only for pile loaded by forces) or directly inputted.
1.3.4
Feasibility module
The Feasibility module enables users to compare their D-S HEET P ILING sheet pile wall design
against relevant execution experience data and Dutch NVAF lines. This may help to reduce
failure costs during pile driving/vibrating. Without license this module works in Demo mode.
Currently the experiences are mainly from Dutch locations; therefore their relevancy to other
locations in the world may be limited.
Deltares
1.4
History
MSheet release 1.0 (1990) was based directly on MSheets forerunner DAMWAND/3,
which analyzed the construction of vertical sheet piling with horizontal ground surfaces.
MSheet release 2.0 (1992) implemented options for non-horizontal ground surfaces
and non-uniform loads (surcharges).
MSheet release 3.0 (1995) featured a new option for normal forces in the sheet pile
wall and also implemented a new multi-linear stress-displacement relation for the soil.
MSheet release 4.0 (1997) featured specific design procedures, based on the CUR
design guide (CUR, 2005) for discovering the critical length and checking safety.
MSheet release 5.0 (1998) was the first Windows version of MSheet. The improved
user manual could now also be accessed using the online Help function.
MSheet release 5.4 (2001) featured the following new options: overall soil stability
analysis (Bishop), a sheet piling library, extended support of CUR 166, and a report
on the vertical force balance. Improvements to the user interface included user-friendly
graphical input and the Stages Overview dialog.
MSheet Release 5.7 (2002) featured a new option for a first stage with initially nonhorizontal surfaces or initial surcharges. The release also included modules for separately licensed models. The new initial stage option necessitated a refinement of the
soil yield stress calculation, even when the option was not selected. Therefore results
from release 5.7 were different to the results of previous releases.
MSheet release 6.1 (2004) featured a new single pile module, which supports the analysis of horizontally loaded piles. The release also included a wizard for convenient
input of combined walls. The report content could now be selected, with reports bearing graphs, and improved layout of tabular results. Reports could now be exported in
different formats, including pdf and rtf and graphical and report output for the CUR 166
verify sheet piling option was implemented and. The refined soil yield stress calculation was made optional when the initial stage option was not selected. The default,
faster, coarse method therefore yields results that are the same as the results of releases prior to release 5.7.
MSheet release 6.2 (2005) featured the new E-Consult module that enables users to
check their MSheet design for sheet pile walls against relevant execution experience
data. This may help to reduce failure costs during pile driving/vibrating. Without license
this module works in Demo mode. Currently the experiences are mainly from Dutch
locations; therefore their relevancy to other locations in the world may be limited.
Deltares
General Information
MSheet release 7.1 (2005) features the ability to perform a vertical balance check on
the sheet pile wall. It is now possible to specify partial factors, allowing MSheet to be
used with the Eurocode model. The updated CUR 166 procedure (2005) (CUR, 2005)
is fully integrated in this MSheet version.
MSheet release 7.7 (2007). The partial factors and the design approaches according
to Eurocode 7 are fully supported in this MSheet version. Partial factors for loads are
added for the CUR 166 procedure. The calculation of the K 0 is modified. A shell factor
is inputted to take into account the effect of arching.
MSheet release 7.9 (2008). Loads/Soil displacements is possible again with the module sheet piling. The moduli of subgrade reaction are automatically multiplied with the
shell factor. The allowable number of anchors, struts, surfaces, layers, profiles and surcharge loads has been increased. Presence of warnings is indicated in the progress
screen. hell factor. The allowable number of anchors, struts, surfaces, layers, profiles
and surcharge loads has been increased. Presence of warnings is indicated in the
progress screen.
MSheet release 7.10 (2009). With the E-Consult module it is now possible to determine
the drivability of the Sheet Piling design using a prediction made with GeoBrain and to
check the Sheet Piling design by comparing it with experiences from the GeoBrain
database.
MSheet release 8.2 (March 2010). Soil displacements calculated from De Leeuw tables are available for single pile. Importing CPT data in Geotechnical Exchange Format
(GEF) format is now possible: the automatic CPT interpretation includes two soil-type
dependent rules (acc. NEN 6740 or CUR 166), including all additional soil parameters. The Verification (EC7/CUR) module now includes also verification according to
the partial factors and method prescribed by the Dutch Annex of the Eurocode 7 (NEN,
september 2009).
D-S HEET P ILING release 9.1 (January 2011). The name of the program has changed:
D-S HEET P ILING replaces MSheet. Performing calculations in batch is described in the
manual (section 5.4).
D-S HEET P ILING release 9.2.1.5 (November 2011). It is possible to calculate the settlement due to vibration of the sheet piling (installing as well as uninstalling). The Belgian
annex NBN-EN 1997-1 ANB of the Eurocode 7 (NBN-EN, january 2011) is incorporated. Forces from layers acting on the sheet piling are given in the report. It is possible
to see the slide planes used to calculate the lambdas in c,phi,delta method. It is possible to change the colors of the materials. The stress state charts are available for a
verification calculation.
D-S HEET P ILING release 9.2.3.2 (February 2013). A new class, called RC0, is added
to the Dutch Eurocode calculation, corresponding to the CUR class I for the design a
simple constructions. For vertical balance, the vertical forces due to active and passive
forces are taken by 1 m (this used to be the coating area), as prescribed in the CUR 166
recommendations. During a settlement by vibration calculation, it is possible to find the
settlements at points situated below the surface as well. For the Kranz calculation,
the loading due to anchor angle is now correctly calculated. When calculating soil
displacements with single pile, a few extra points close to the boundaries with the elastic
soil are calculated.
Deltares
D-S HEET P ILING release 9.3 (November 2013). For Eurocode 7 with Belgian annex,
it is possible to use design values in the selected stage but representative values in
the previous stages (see section 5.2.3.3), as prescribed in the Flemish norm "Standaardbestek 260" (SB260, 2012) relevant for the projects executed for the Flemish government. The yield forces and buckling forces must be inputted as design values (see
section 4.5.1 and section 4.5.2). The Eurocode 7 verification according to the Dutch
annex refers to NEN-EN 9997+C1:2012 (NEN, 2012). The Sheet Piling Library (section 4.2.3) has been updated with new profiles (Gooimeer, Heuvelman, ESC Pile China
LTD, Europile/STS, Gampet, Profextru). Two tutorials have been added in the user manual describing how to design the length of a synthetic wall (Tutorial 17 in chapter 24)
and how to model a synthetic wall with anchorage (Tutorial 18 in chapter 25).
D-S HEET P ILING release 14.1 (July 2014). Several improvements concerns the Sheet
Piling Library:
The Sheet Piling Library has been updated with new profiles (Europile/STS, Profextru).
Cold formed sheet piles profiles are now available in the library with three qualities:
S 235, S 275 and S 355.
The maximum moment of synthetic profiles in the library is now a characteristic
value (without safety factor). During its importation, two factors are applied (the
modification factor kmod and the partial material factor M ) to get the design value
used in the calculation, see Figure 4.9.
The Verification calculation for EC7-General has been improved (names in the overview
table of the report and selection of method A or B). A warning message when starting
the program is displayed to attract the attention of the user on the importance of a good
estimation of the relative density for the calculated settlements by Vibration.
1.5
Limitations
When working with D-S HEET P ILING, the following limitations apply:
Operating systems:
Windows 2003,
Windows Vista,
Windows 7 32 bits
Windows 7 64 bits
Windows 8
Hardware specifications:
1 GHz Intel Pentium processor or equivalent
1.6
Deltares
General Information
512 MB of RAM
400 MB free hard disk space
SVGA video card, 1024 768 pixels, High colors (16 bits)
CD-ROM drive
Microsoft Internet Explorer version 6.0 or newer (download from www.microsoft.
com)
For use of the Feasibility module an Internet connection is needed.
To display the D-S HEET P ILING Help texts properly, the Symbol TrueType font must be installed
on the system.
1.7
h
v
p, w
0
h0
v0
K,
K0
Ka
Kp
E
I
k , kb
K0
k1 , k2 . . .
K
w
W
X
B
Fv
Fmax
m;b
qc
Pr;max;point
Asteel
Deltares
h
v
Cohesion
The (Coulomb) friction angle of the soil (phi)
The (Coulomb) friction angle between the soil and sheet piling (delta)
Rotation of the sheet piling
Lateral earth pressure ratio at initial stress state (rest) for a horizontal ground
level: K0 = 1 sin
Lateral earth pressure ratio at active yielding (extension of soil)
Lateral earth pressure ratio at passive yielding (compression of soil)
Youngs Modulus
Moment of inertia
Modulus of subgrade reaction; stiffness of the soil bedding
Modulus of subgrade reaction for the unloading/reloading state
Descending values of the modulus of subgrade reaction during virgin loading
Permeability
Displacement
Section modulus
Co-ordinate along the axis of the sheet piling
Acting width of the sheet piling
Resulting vertical force
Vertical force capacity
Factor on the cone resistance
Partial material factor
Representative cone resistance
Maximum point resistance
Cross-sectional area of sheet piling per running meter
Getting Help
From the Help menu, choose the D-S HEET P ILING Help option, or press F1 for Help about the
window which is currently active.Help
In the window displayed (Figure 1.5), there are three ways (corresponding to three tabs) to
find a Help topic:
Contents
Searching by
word
Searching by
word
(advanced)
List Topics
Display
Hide/Show
Back
10
Deltares
General Information
Options
Figure 1.6: Menu from the Options button of the D-S HEET-P ILING Help window
Hide/Show Tabs
Back
Forward
Home
Stop
Refresh
Internet Options
Print
Search Highlight
On/Off
Select this option to alternatively hide or show the searching tabs Content, Index and Search.
Select this option to go back to the previous selected Help topic.
Select this option to go forward to the preceding selected Help topic.
Select this option to go to the default internet home page.
Select this option to stop searching.
Select this option to refresh the content of the window.
Select this option to open the Internet Options window.
Select this option to print the contents of the window
Select this option to choose whether to highlight the search words
wherever they appear in the displayed text.
To display and print the Help texts properly, the Symbol TrueType font must be installed.
1.9
Getting Support
Deltares Systems tools are supported by Deltares. A group of 70 people in software development ensures continuous research and development. Support is provided by the developers
and if necessary by the appropriate Deltares experts. These experts can provide consultancy
backup as well.
If problems are encountered, the first step should be to consult the online Help at www.
deltaressystems.com menu Geo > Products. Different information about the program
can be found on the left-hand side of the window (Figure 1.7):
In FAQ are listed the most frequently asked technical questions and their answers;
In Release notes are listed the differences between an old and a new version;
In Known issues are listed the bugs of the program;
Deltares
11
If the solution cannot be found there, then the problem description can be e-mailed (preferred)
or faxed to the Deltares Systems Support team. When sending a problem description, please
add a full description of the working environment. To do this conveniently:
12
Deltares
General Information
After clicking on the Send button, the Send Support E-Mail window opens, allowing
sending current file as an attachment. Marked or not the Attach current file to mail
check-box and click OK to send it.
The problem report can either be saved to a file or sent to a printer or PC fax. The document
can be emailed to support@deltaressystems.nl or alternatively faxed to +31(0)88 335 8111.
1.10
Deltares
Since January 1st 2008, GeoDelft together with parts of Rijkswaterstaat /DWW, RIKZ and
RIZA, WL |Delft Hydraulics and a part of TNO Built Environment and Geosciences are forming the Deltares Institute, a new and independent institute for applied research and specialist advice. Founded in 1934, GeoDelft was one of the worlds most renowned institutes for
geotechnical and environmental research. As a Dutch national Grand Technological Institute
(GTI), Deltares role is to obtain, generate and disseminate geotechnical know-how. The institute is an international leader in research and consultancy into the behavior of soft soils
(sand clay and peat) and management of the geo-ecological consequences which arise from
these activities. Again and again subsoil related uncertainties and risks appear to be the key
Deltares
13
1.11
Deltares Systems
Deltares objective is to convert Deltares knowledge into practical geo-engineering services
and software. Deltares Systems has developed a suite of software for geotechnical engineering. Besides software, Deltares Systems is involved in providing services such as hosting online monitoring platforms, hosting on-line delivery of site investigation, laboratory test results,
etc. As part of this process Deltares Systems is progressively connecting these services to
their software. This allows for more standardized use of information, and the interpretation and
comparison of results. Most software is used as design software, following design standards.
This however, does not guarantee a design that can be executed successfully in practice, so
automated back-analyses using monitoring information are an important aspect in improving
geotechnical engineering results. The Feasibility module for D-S HEET P ILING confronts users
with experience data for vibrational sheet pile wall installation in practice. Feasibility module, such as the one used with D-S HEET P ILING, are the result of Deltares R&D for GeoBrain.
GeoBrains objective is to combine experience, expertise and numerical results into one forecast, using Artificial Intelligence, Neural Networks and Bayesian Belief Networks. For more
information about Deltares Systems geotechnical software, including download options, visit
www.deltaressystems.com.
1.12
Rijkswaterstaat
Rijkswaterstaat (RWS) is part of the Dutch Ministry for Traffic, Public Works and Water Management. RWSs tasks include the regulation, construction, management and maintenance
of public works. By supporting the development of D-S HEET P ILING, RWS is facilitating the
uniform and reliable design of sheet pile walls.
For more information on RWS, visit www.minvenw.nl.
1.13
14
Deltares
2 Getting Started
This Getting Started chapter aims to familiarize the user with the structure and user interface
of D-S HEET P ILING. The Tutorial section which follows uses a selection of case studies to
introduce the programs functions.
2.1
When D-S HEET P ILING is started from the Windows menu bar, the last project that was worked
on will open automatically, unless the program has been configured otherwise under Tools:
Program Options.
2.2
Main Window
When D-S HEET P ILING is started, the main window is displayed (Figure 2.2). This window
contains a menu bar (section 2.2.1), an icon bar (section 2.2.2), an Input Diagram window
(section 2.2.3) that displays the pre-selected or most recently accessed project, a stage composer (section 2.2.4), an info bar (section 2.2.5), a title panel (section 2.2.6) and a status bar
(section 2.2.7).
The caption of the main window of D-S HEET P ILING displays the program name, followed by
the model. When a new file is created, the default model is Sheet Piling and the project name
is Project1.
Deltares
15
2.2.1
Menu bar
To access the D-S HEET P ILING menus, click the menu names on the menu bar.
Project
Construction
Soil
Loads
Supports
Stages
16
Standard Windows options for opening and saving files as well as several D-S HEET P ILING options for exporting and printing active windows
and reports (section 3.1).
Options for selecting the project model, defining partial factors and
properties, and viewing the input file (section 4.1).
Options for defining the sheet pile/diaphragm wall, or single pile (section 4.2).
Options for defining ground surfaces, the properties and profiles of the
soil layers, water levels and water properties (section 4.3).
Options for defining distributed surcharge, forces, moments and prescribed soil displacements (section 4.4).
Options for defining anchors, struts, rigid supports and springs (section 4.5).
Options for defining construction stages (for sheet pile walls) and viewing/defining the applied loads, supports and water levels for each stage
(section 4.6).
Deltares
Getting Started
Calculation
Results
Feasibility
Tools
Window
Help
Detailed descriptions of these menu options can be found in the Reference section.
2.2.2
Icon bar
Use the buttons on the icon bar to quickly access frequently used functions (see below).
17
com
2.2.3
In the upper part of the window, select one of the stages defined previously. The selected
stage will also be used in the Stage Composer (see below). Click on the buttons in the upper
part to activate the corresponding functions:
Duplicate the current stage:
Click the plus button to copy the selected stage to a new stage.
Previous stage and Next stage:
Click the arrow buttons to browse through the stages.
Rename stage:
Click this button to rename the current stage.
Double clicking in the window on items such as layers, supports and loads will open the
corresponding input windows.
18
Deltares
Getting Started
Note: In the Input Diagram window, only half of the inputted height of the anchor wall is drawn
(between the anchor rod and the bottom of the anchor wall).
Click on the buttons in the Edit or Tools panel to activate the corresponding functions:
Select and Edit
In this mode, the left-hand mouse button can be used to select previously defined
supports, loads and layers in the Input Diagram. Items can then be deleted or
modified by dragging or resizing, or by clicking the right hand mouse button and
choosing an option from the menu displayed. Pressing the Escape key will return
the user to this Select and Edit mode.
Pan button
Click this button to move the drawing by clicking and dragging the mouse.
Zoom in button
Click this button to enlarge the drawing, and then click on the drawing on the part
which is to be at the center of the new image.
Zoom out button
Click this button, then click on the drawing, to reduce the drawing.
Zoom area button
Click this button then click and drag a rectangle over the area to be enlarged. The
selected area will be enlarged to fit the window.
Measure the distance between two points
Click this button, then click the first point on the Input Diagram window and place
the cross on the second point. The distance between the two points can be read at
the bottom of the Input View window. To turn this option off, click the escape key.
Add anchor button
Click this button to add an anchor.
Add strut button
Click this button to add a strut.
Add uniform load button
Click this button to add a uniform surface load.
Add surcharge load button
Click this button to add a non-uniform surface load.
Add horizontal line load button
Click this button to add a horizontal line load or horizontal force.
Add moment button
Click this button to add a moment load.
Add spring support button
Click this button to add a spring support to reduce horizontal displacement.
Add rigid support button
Click this button to add a rigid support to prevent horizontal displacement.
Deltares
19
For more information, see section 4.3.4, section 4.4 and section 4.5.
2.2.4
Stage Composer
Use the Stage Composer to connect input data to the stage selected in the Input Diagram
window. The Stage Composer can also be used to access input windows.
The Stage Composer is part of the main window, and consists of two separate boxes:
Upper
Box:
Lower
Box:
The upper box contains all of the input options. For loads and supports, this
box also indicates the number of defined loads or supports applied in the
selected stage, in relation to the total number of loads defined.
The lower box displays an overview of the input that has been defined. A
check-mark indicates that the input data has been linked to the selected
stage.
Click this button to display the Help topic of the selected input option.
20
Deltares
Getting Started
Connect to Stages
When one of the input options is selected in the upper box (single click), an overview of
available input will appear in the lower box. To connect input to a particular stage, select a
stage in the Input Diagram window and use the check-boxes in the lower box to select the
input that applies to the selected stage.
Note: The Stages Overview window (section 4.6.2) can also be used to connect input to
stages.
Select All
Deselect All
Apply to All
Stages
Apply from this
Stages On
2.2.5
Selects all loads or supports of the type selected in the upper box for
the current construction stage. This action is equivalent to marking all
the check-boxes one by one.
Deselects all loads or supports of the type selected in the upper box for
the current construction stage. This action is equivalent to unmarking
all the check-boxes one by one.
Marks all the check-boxes for all construction stages exactly the same
way as for the current stage.
Marks all the check-boxes for all construction stages higher than the
current one exactly the same way as for the current stage.
Info bar
This bar situated at the bottom of the Input Diagram window displays the co-ordinates of the
current position of the cursor and the distance between two points when the icon Measure the
distance between two points
is selected from the Edit panel.
2.2.6
Title panel
This panel situated at the bottom of the main window displays the project titles, as entered on
the Identification tab in the Project Properties window (section 4.1.3).
Deltares
21
Status bar
This bar situated at the bottom of the main window displays a description of the selected icon
of the icon bar (section 2.2.2) or of the Input Diagram window (section 2.2.3).
2.3
Files
*.dis
*.dxf
*.err
*.gef
*.geo
*.html
*.shd
*.shi
*.shl
*.sho
*.shs
*.sti
*.pdf
*.rtf
*.txt
*.wmf
22
Deltares
Getting Started
2.4
2.4.1
Keyboard shortcut
Ctrl + N
Ctrl + O
Ctrl + S
F12
Shift + Ctrl + C
Ctrl + P
Ctrl + M
Ctrl + H
Ctrl + U
Ctrl + T
Ctrl + I
Ctrl + W
F9
Ctrl + R
F1
2.4.2
Opened window
New
Open
Save
Save As
Copy Active Window to Clipboard
Print Report
Model
Sheet Piling
Surfaces
Soil Materials
Profiles
Stages Overview
Start Calculation
Report
D-S HEET P ILING Help
Deltares
23
a)
b)
c)
d)
Figure 2.8: Selection of different parts of a table using the arrow cursor
To select a row, click on the cell before the row number (see b) in Figure 2.8). To select a
column, click on the top cell of the column (see c) in Figure 2.8). To select the complete table,
click on the top left cell (see d) in Figure 2.8). In some tables the button Copy is also present
at the left hand pane.
24
Deltares
3 General
This chapter contains a detailed description of the available menu options for inputting data
for a sheet pile or diaphragm wall project, and for calculating and viewing the results. The
examples in the tutorial section provide a convenient starting point for familiarization with the
program.
3.1
File menu
Besides the familiar Windows options for opening and saving files, the File menu contains a
number of options specific to D-S HEET P ILING:
Open Folder to open the folder where the file was saved;
Use this option to export the contents of the active window (input diagram or output
charts and diagrams) as a Windows Meta File (*.wmf), a Drawing Exchange File (*.dxf)
or a text file (*.txt). After clicking the Save button in the Export to window, the Export
complete window opens displaying three choices:
Export Report
This option allows the report to be exported in a different format, such as pdf, rtf or html
format.
Page Setup
This option allows definition of the way D-S HEET P ILING plots and reports are to be
printed. The printer, paper size, orientation and margins can be defined as well as
whether and where axes are required for plots. Click Autofit to get D-S HEET P ILING to
choose the best fit for the page.
Print Report
This option prints the calculation report.
3.2
Tools menu
Deltares
25
Program Options
On the menu bar, click Tools and then choose Options to open the corresponding input window. In this window, the user can optionally define their own preferences for some of the
programs default values.
View
General
26
Deltares
General
Start-up with
Save on calculation
Feasibility
Deltares
27
Working directory
D-S HEET P ILING will start up with a working directory for selection
and saving of files. Either choose to use the last used directory,
or specify a fixed path.
Define the location of the file DSheetPilingProfilesUser.xml. This
file contains the user-defined library with piles and sheet piling
(section 4.2.3).
Language
In this tab, the language to be used in the D-S HEET P ILING windows and on printouts can be
selected.
28
Deltares
General
Interface language
Output language
Modules
For a D-S HEET P ILING installation based on floating licenses, the Modules tab can be used to
claim a license for the particular modules that are to be used. If the Show at start of program
check-box is marked then this window will always be shown at start-up.
For a D-S HEET P ILING installation based on a license dongle, the Modules tab will just show
the modules that may be used.
3.2.2
Profiles Library
Refer to section 4.2.3 for a detailed description of this window.
3.3
Help menu
The Help menu allows access to different options.
3.3.1
Deltares
29
Error Messages
If errors are found in the input, no calculation can be performed. Those errors must be corrected before performing a new calculation. To display details about those error messages,
select the Error Messages option from the Help menu. They are also written in the *.err file.
They will be overwritten the next time a calculation is started.
3.3.3
Manual
Select the Manual option from the Help menu to view the manual.
3.3.4
3.3.5
Support
Use the Support option from the Help menu to open the Support window in which program
errors can be registered. Refer to section 1.9 for a detailed description of this window.
3.3.6
30
Deltares
4 Input
Before analysis can be started, datas for the sheet pile wall, soil, loads and supports need to
be inputted.
4.1
Project menu
Each project starts with the selection of an analysis model and the entry of general details
about the project.
4.1.1
Model
On the menu bar, click Project and then choose Model to open the input window. In this
window the required analysis models can be selected.
Model
Deltares
Select the Sheet piling option for analysis of sheet pile or diaphragm
walls.
or
Select the Single pile option for analysis of horizontally loaded piles.
The single pile option is only available in combination with the corresponding module (section 3.2.1).
31
Sheet piling
Single pile
4.1.2
32
Deltares
Input
4.1.2.1
Eurocode 7 General
In this window (Figure 4.2) the defaults partial factors prescribed in EuroCode 7, Part 1:
General rules (NEN-EN, March 2005) are given and can be modified by the user. Those
partial factors are used for the following verification methods according to EuroCode:
Figure 4.2: User Defined Partial Factors window, EC7 General tab
Factors on loads
Enter the user defined partial factor applied to the different kind of
loads:
permanent unfavorable load,
permanent favorable load,
variable unfavorable load,
variable favorable load.
Factors on effect
of the loads
Enter the user defined partial factor applied to the effect of the loads:
Factor on effect of load corresponds to the effect of permanent
loads (unfavorable and favorable) and variable favorable loads.
Factor on variable load, unfavorable corresponds to the effect of
variable unfavorable loads.
Deltares
33
Material factors
Overall
factors
stability
Resistance factors
Geometry modification
Enter the user defined partial factor applied to the cohesion and the
tangent value of the friction angle.
Enter the user defined partial factor applied to:
the driving moment,
the cohesion,
the tangent value of the friction angle,
used during the Overall Stability verification (chapter 31).
Enter the user defined partial factor applied to the bearing capacity and
the earth resistance.
Enter the user defined surface level at the passive side: the level of the
resisting soil is lowered below the expected level by an amount equal
to the Increase retaining height percentage of the distance between
the lowest support and the excavation level, limited to a maximum (i.e.
Maximum increase retaining height).
Click this button to reset all values to the default values prescribed in
the EuroCode 7 - Part 1: General rules.
Note: The default values prescribed by Eurocode 7 are written at the left of each input area
of the User Defined Partial Factors window. If modified, the value appears in red color.
Note: According to Eurocode 7 partial factors can be applied either on the loads themselves
or on their effect. D-S HEET P ILING allows the user to choose between those two options in the
Verify Sheet Piling tab of the Start Calculation window (section 5.2.3).
For background information on EuroCode, see chapter 34.
4.1.2.2
34
Deltares
Input
Factors on loads
Enter the user defined partial factor applied to the different kind of
loads:
permanent unfavorable load,
permanent favorable load,
variable unfavorable load,
variable favorable load.
Material factors
Geometry modification
Deltares
35
Overall
factors
stability
Vertical balance
factors
Enter the user defined partial factor applied to the soil properties:
the cohesion,
the tangent value of the friction angle,
the (saturated and unsaturated) unit weight,
used during the Overall Stability verification (chapter 31).
Enter the user defined partial factor applied on the material. This input
is available only if the Check vertical balance check-box was enabled
in the Model window (section 4.1.1).
Click this button to reset all values to the default values prescribed in
the Dutch Annex of the Eurocode 7.
Note: The default values prescribed by the Dutch Annex of the Eurocode 7 are written at
the left of each input area of the User Defined Partial Factors window. If modified, the value
appears in red color.
Note: The default values prescribed by the Dutch Annex of the Eurocode 7 for RC 1 and RC 2
correspond to those of safety classes respectively II and III of the CUR recommendations,
except for the factor on driving moment in case of overall stability.
4.1.2.3
36
Deltares
Input
Factors on loads
Enter the user defined partial factor applied to the different kind of
loads:
permanent unfavorable load,
permanent favorable load,- variable unfavorable load,
variable favorable load.
Factors on effect
of the loads
Enter the user defined partial factor applied to the effect of the loads:
Factor on effect of load corresponds to the effect of permanent
loads (unfavorable and favorable) and variable favorable loads.
Factor on variable load, unfavorable corresponds to the effect of
variable unfavorable loads.
Material factors
Enter the user defined partial factor applied to the cohesion and the
tangent value of the friction angle.
Enter the user defined partial factor applied to the bearing capacity and
the earth resistance.
Enter the user defined surface level at the passive side: the level of the
resisting soil is lowered below the expected level by an amount equal
to the Increase retaining height percentage of the distance between
the lowest support and the excavation level, limited to a maximum (i.e.
Maximum increase retaining height).
Resistance factors
Geometry modification
Deltares
37
Overall
factors
stability
Enter the user defined partial factor applied to the soil properties:
the cohesion,
the tangent value of the friction angle,
the (saturated and unsaturated) unit weight,
used during the Overall Stability verification (chapter 31).
Click this button to reset all values to the default values prescribed in
the Belgian Annex of the Eurocode 7.
Note: The default values prescribed by the Belgian Annex of the Eurocode 7 are written at
the left of each input area of the User Defined Partial Factors window. If modified, the value
appears in red color.
4.1.2.4
CUR
In this window (Figure 4.5) the defaults partial factors prescribed in the CUR 166 Dutch design code are given and can be modified by the user. Those partial factors are used for the
following verification methods according to CUR 166:
38
Deltares
Input
Factors on loads
Enter the user defined partial factor applied to the different kind of
loads:
permanent unfavorable load,
permanent favorable load,
variable unfavorable load,
variable favorable load.
Material factors
Geometry modification
Overall
factors
stability
Vertical balance
factors
Enter the user defined partial factor applied on the material. This input
is available only if the Check vertical balance check-box was enabled
in the Model window (section 4.1.1).
Click this button to reset all values to the default values prescribed in
CUR 166.
Note: The default values prescribed by CUR 166 (CUR, 2005) are written at the left of each
input area of the User Defined Partial Factors window. If modified, the value appears in red
color.
For background information on CUR 166 design method, see chapter 33.
4.1.3
Project Properties
On the menu bar, click Project and then choose Properties to open the input window. The
Project Properties window contains four tabs, which allow the settings for the current project
to be changed.
Deltares
39
Titles
Date
Drawn by
Project ID
Annex ID
Use Title 1 to give the project a unique, easily recognizable name. Title
2 and Title 3 can be added to indicate specific characteristics of the
calculation. The three titles will be included on printed output.
The date entered here will be used on printouts and graphic plots for
this project. Either mark the Use current date check-box to automatically use the current date on each printout, or enter a specific date.
Enter the name of the user performing the calculation or generating the
printout.
Enter a project identification number.
Specify the annex number of the printout.
Mark the check-box Save as default to use these settings every time D-S HEET P ILING is started
or a new project is created.
40
Deltares
Input
Rulers
Large cursor
Info bar
Grid
Snap to Grid
Grid distance
Same scale for x
and y axis
Identification
names
Loads
Supports
Level markers
Material colors
Layers
Overall scale
Deltares
41
Layer
boundaries
Material colors
Draw layer over
full width
Envelope
displaying overall
minimum
and
maximum
Draw level markers
Draw sheet piling elements
Identification
names
Overall scale
4.1.4
Mark this check-box to display the markers of the phreatic levels (right
and left) and the different layers levels.
Mark this check-box to display the sheet piling element, with its name
beside.
Mark this check-box to display the names of the soil layers.
Use these toggle buttons to indicate whether the calculated quantities
such as the stresses, displacements, moments and transverse forces
are to be displayed using a scale based upon the maximum values for
each phase (Off) or the maximum values over all construction stages
(On).
42
Deltares
Input
4.2
Construction menu
Every new analysis starts with the input of data on the sheet piling, combined wall or single
pile. This data will apply to every construction stage.
4.2.1
If the Check vertical balance option in the Model window of (section 4.1.1) is selected, the
Sheet Piling window displayed (Figure 4.10) is different from Figure 4.9, as new input data
are needed in the vertical balance check.
Enter the top level of the sheet piling in relation to a freely chosen
reference level.
See section 4.2.2.
43
Import profile
from library
Name
Material type
Section bottom
level
Stiffness EI
Acting width
Charac.
moment
Rep.
moment
Modification
factor
Material
factor
Reduction factor
EI
Design
moment
This option allows the name and bending stiffness of the section to be
selected from a library. The library contains the standard profiles of different manufacturers and additional user-defined ones (section 4.2.3).
The default name of the section can be changed here if desired.
Select the material of the sheet piling from the available drop-down list:
User defined, Steel, Concrete, Wood, Synthetic. D-S HEET P ILING will
automatically determine the value of the material factor M as given in
the Dutch norm, except for User defined for which M must be entered
by the user.
Enter the vertical co-ordinate of the bottom of the sheet piling, in relation to the reference level. Use several sections if the bending stiffness
varies along the vertical axis of the sheet piling.
Note: Sheet piling length may not be larger than 100 m.
Enter the bending stiffness of the section (product of Youngs Modulus
E and moment of inertia I ) per running meter if it has not already been
imported from a library.
The acting width can be used when the effective width changes along
the sheet piling (section 37.1.1).
D-S HEET P ILING uses the acting width as a multiplication factor for the
sheet piling stiffness and all loads, supports and reactions, except the
normal force, see Equation 26.1 in chapter 26 .
Enter the characteristic value (i.e. without safety factors) of the allowable moment Mcharac .
The representative value of the allowable moment Mrep is automatically
calculated by the program using the following formula:
Mdesign =
Mrep
M
This limit value is used in the diagram of the moment to help the user
to check if the maximum design moment is reached or not, see section 6.3.1.
44
Deltares
Input
Reduction factor
maximum
moment
Note to reduction
factor
Height
Coating area
Section area
Resisting
moment W (Feasibility)
Width of sheet
piles
Max point
resistance
(Pr;max;point)
Xi factor (depends on number of CPTs)
Note: If the acting width changes at the position of a load, anchor or support, D-S HEET P ILING
will use the width below this position as the acting width per meter for this load or support.
4.2.2
Deltares
45
Name
Material type
Bottom Level
Stiffness EI
(Piles)
Stiffness EI
(Sheet pile)
Diameter
Width
Height
Maximum
moment
Section area
Coating area
46
Input
Number of sheet
piles
Click the Import button to import the sheet pile or piles from the
D-S HEET P ILING library (section 4.2.3).
Enter the number of sheet piles between each pair of single piles.
Note: When using the Combined Wall wizard, the program assumes a material factor M
and a modification factor kmod of 1 (i.e. steel), see Figure 4.12. If other materials than steel
are used, the user has to enter its own values for M and kmod by selecting a User defined
material type.
Figure 4.12: Sheet Piling window, Result of using the combined wall wizard (per centerto-center distance)
4.2.3
Profiles Library
The Sheet Piling window section 4.2.1, the Combined Wall window (section 4.2.2) and the
single Pile window (section 4.2.4) allow the import of sheet piling properties from a library.
Click the
or
buttons in these windows to open the Sheet Piling Profiles window
(Figure 4.13). In this window the properties of both sheet piling and single piles can be
selected.
The window (Figure 4.17) contains separate tabs for:
4.2.3.1
47
Figure 4.13: Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, Hot rolled sheet piles tab
EI
Mmax;el
Section Area
Wel
Width
48
Deltares
Input
Figure 4.14: Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, Cold formed sheet piles tab
This tab is identical to Hot rolled sheet piles tab except that the steel qualities are different: S
Hot rolled sheet piles
Figure 4.15: Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, Synthetic sheet piles tab
Piles
Deltares
49
4.2.3.2
Figure 4.17: Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, User defined piles tab
EI
50
Deltares
Input
Mmax;el
The maximum moment for elastic behavior at zero normal force. Sxxx
means steel with a yield stress of xxx N/mm2 . This value is not yet used
by D-S HEET P ILING.
The cross sectional area of the profile. This value is not yet used by
D-S HEET P ILING.
The section modulus (also called resisting moment in the Netherlands).
This value is not yet used by D-S HEET P ILING.
The width of a single pile. D-S HEET P ILING uses this value for single pile
and combined wall analysis.
Section Area
W
Width
User defined profiles and groups can be added via the Add and the
Edit buttons (Figure 4.18), and deleted using the Delete button.
Group name
Profile name
Stiffness EI
Maximum elastic
moment
Mmax;el
Section Area
Resisting
ment W
Width
Deltares
mo-
51
Single Piles
The Pile window is available in the Construction menu only if the Single Pile model in the
Model window (section 4.1.1) is selected.
On the menu bar, click Construction and then choose Pile to open the input window. Every
new analysis starts with the input of data on the single pile.
to insert a new
First, the top level of the pile is entered. Next, click the Insert row button
row or click the Add row button
to add one. The stiffness and/or diameter can be varied
for each section. Alternatively, use the Paste icon
to paste the complete content from an
external source into the table.
Enter the top level of the pile in relation to a freely chosen reference
level.
Click here to import the name, diameter and bending stiffness of the
section from the D-S HEET P ILING library (section 4.2.3).
Change the default name for the section, if desired.
Enter the vertical co-ordinate of the bottom of the pile, in relation to
the reference level. Use several sections if the bending stiffness varies
along the depth.
Enter the bending stiffness (product of Youngs Modulus E and moment
of inertia I) of the pile for each section.
Enter the equivalent diameter of the pile. D-S HEET P ILING uses this
value as the acting width for the soil reaction.
Enter the maximum allowable moment.
Enter the reduction factor applied to the stiffness EI.
Enter the reduction factor applied to the maximum moment.
Note: Input data must be design values as no safety system is included with the "Single Pile"
module.
52
Deltares
Input
4.3
Soil menu
The Soil menu is used to enter the soil properties for the analysis.
4.3.1
Surfaces
On the menu bar, click Soil and then choose Surfaces. In the window displayed (Figure 4.20),
the positions of the various ground surfaces, that will occur on different sides of the sheet
piling during the different stages, can be specified. Use the Stage Composer or the Stages
Overview window to connect the surfaces (for each stage) to the left or right of the sheet pile
wall.
Up to 10 surfaces can be specified. To add a surface, click Add. The name of the new
surface is displayed in an appearing edit-box. Change the name as required. Enter the first
co-ordinate (horizontal in relation to the sheet piling, vertical in relation to the reference level).
Click the Add row button
to add the next co-ordinate. Alternatively, use the Paste button
, to paste the complete content from an external source into the table.
Distance & Level
Deltares
Both the Distance from the sheet piling and Level of that part of the
surface are expressed in meters. The level is specified in relation to
the reference level.
D-S HEET P ILING can only convert a non-horizontal surface to horizontal wall pressures in case of the c, phi, delta method (section 4.6.1).
The relevant calculation method must be selected for each construction stage.
53
Figure 4.21: Soil Materials window for the Ka , K0 , Kp soil parameters or Mixed models
Figure 4.22: Soil Materials window for the c, , soil parameters model
54
Deltares
Input
Now the soil materials can be linked to soil profiles and the water properties for the soil can
be determined, both described in section 4.3.
4.3.2.1
General
The general soil parameters for a particular soil material can be specified in this sub-window
(Figure 4.23).
Overconsolidation ratio
(OCR)
Grain type
4.3.2.2
Enter the weight of a unit volume of soil above the water table
(generally unsaturated).
Enter the weight of a unit volume of soil below the water table
(generally saturated).
Enter the drained cohesion.
Enter the friction angle of soil.
Enter the friction angle between soil and sheet piling. For background information, see section 28.1.
Enter the shell factor of the soil to take into account the effect
of arching. This factor will be automatically applied on passive
and active earth pressure coefficients and on moduli of subgrade
reaction. For background information, see section 37.1.2.
Enter the overconsolidation ratio of the soil.
Select the grain type: Fine or Coarse. Usually Fine is used for
clay, loam and peat whereas Coarse is used for sand and gravel.
Deltares
55
Manual
Mller-Breslau
(Straight slip
surfaces)
Ktter (Curved
slip surfaces)
Active, Neutral or
Passive
4.3.2.3
Curve Settings
In the Soil Materials window, click the Curve Settings button to open the Curve Settings (for
all Materials) window (Figure 4.25) in which the type of stress-displacement diagram that will
be used for all layers can be defined.
56
Deltares
Input
Modulus of subgrade
reaction type
Use an unloading/
reloading curve
4.3.2.4
The Secant definition is based on the stress-displacement diagram according to CUR 166 of subgrade reaction. This diagram always uses three branches, with intersections at 50, 80
and 100 % of Ka Kp (see Figure 4.27 below) The slope of
the different branches is defined indirectly, via the three secant
moduli at the intersection points.
The Tangent (D-S HEET P ILING Classic) definition is based on a
user-defined number of branches (number of curves), with the
slope of each branch defined directly by the tangent modulus
(see Figure 4.30 below).
Mark this check-box to use an elasto-plastic model with a different (elastic) stiffness during unloading and reloading. Also see
the input description for the modulus of subgrade reaction (below).
Specify this value to use multiple branches in the diagram of
stress versus displacement during virgin loading. The maximum number is 4. Also see the input description for the modulus of subgrade reaction (below) and for the earth pressure
coefficients (above). This option is only used with the Tangent
(D-S HEET P ILING Classic) definition.
Figure 4.26: Soil Materials window, Modulus of subgrade reaction Secant sub-window
k1, k2, k3
Deltares
57
Click this button to select a soil type directly from table 3.3 of the
CUR 166 (CUR, 2005) (Figure 4.3.2.4). The soil type indication in the
first column includes typical values of the CPT resistance qc (in MPa)
for sand and typical values of undrained cohesion Cu (in kPa) for clay
and peat. Only lowest values are given in D-S HEET P ILING to use
the highest value the user must manually multiply the lowest value by
2.25.
horizontal stress
k1
k2
k3
kpv
50%
80%
100%
Kav
horizontal displacement
Figure 4.27: Secant definition of stress-displacement diagram (CUR 166)
58
Deltares
Input
Modulus of subgrade reaction Tangent (D-S HEET P ILING Classic)
This sub-window appears when the Tangent (D-S HEET P ILING Classic) definition has been
selected in the Curve Settings window. In this sub-window the tangent moduli can be manually
defined, according to the classic D-S HEET P ILING definition.
Figure 4.29: Soil Materials window, Modulus of subgrade reaction Tangent (D-Sheet
Piling Classic) sub-window
The following values can be specified for the tangent modulus of subgrade reaction at the top
and bottom sides of the soil layer (see Figure 4.30, below).
k0
unloading
/reloading
k1,. . . , k4
1-3 [%]
arctan k4
passive: Kpv
arctan k3
neutral: K0v
active: Kav
2[%] 3[%]
100%
arctan k2
1[%]
arctan k1
horizontal displacement
Note: When importing a CPT, the tangent moduli of subgrade reaction are automatically filled
in using extrapolated values from Table 3.3 of CUR 166, as the soil materials list contains
more materials than those listed in Table 3.3 of CUR 166. The extended values can be found
in section 29.3.2.
Deltares
59
Relative density
Enter the relative density of the soil in [%]. The relative density (or
density index) ID is the ratio of the difference between the void ratios of
a cohesion-less soil in its loosest state and existing natural state to the
difference between its void ratio in the loosest and densest states:
ID =
Horizontal permeability
Soil layer type
emax e
emax emin
100
Consistency
Very loose
Loose
Medium loose
Dense
Very dense
4.3.3
For loading by forces and by user-defined soil displacements, the General soil parameters, the Earth pressure coefficients and the Modulus of subgrade reaction must be
specified for each material;
60
Deltares
Input
For loading by calculated soil displacements, only the General soil parameters must be
specified for each material.
4.3.3.1
Figure 4.32: Soil Materials window for Single Pile loaded by forces
General:
Unsat. total unit
weight
Sat. total unit
weight
Cohesion
Friction angle
phi
Enter the weight of a unit volume of soil above the water table (generally
unsaturated).
Enter the weight of a unit volume of soil below the water table (generally
saturated).
Enter the drained cohesion.
Enter the friction angle of soil.
Note: When using the Brinch-Hansen method the same soil material should not be used at
different depths in a soil profile. Instead a copy of the soil should be made, with a different
name. See section 36.2.1 for more information.
Note: Active and neutral earth pressure coefficients normally need to be set to zero for the
situation of a single pile loaded by soil displacement. This means that the input value for the
passive earth pressure coefficient leads to the effective resisting pressure, taking the effect of
arching into account. Selecting Brinch-Hansen will cause this to happen automatically.
Deltares
61
Figure 4.33: Soil Materials window, Modulus of subgrade reaction sub-window (Pile
loaded by forces)
Emod Mnard
Soil type Mnard
4.3.3.2
If Menard is selected, then D-S HEET P ILING will determine the modulus
of subgrade reaction from the input of the pressiometric modulus and
the soil type. The background description on Mnards theory (section 36.2.2) includes a correlation between the pressiometric modulus
and the cone resistance. The option Menard is only available for single
piles loaded by forces (section 4.1.1).
If Manual is selected, the values for the modulus of subgrade reaction
at the top and bottom side of a layer can be entered manually.
Figure 4.34: Soil Materials window for Single pile loaded by user-defined soil displacements
4.3.3.3
Deltares
Input
cally determine the modulus of subgrade reaction at each depth. For background information,
see section 36.1.1.
The earth pressure coefficients are automatically determined at each depth using BrinchHansen theory from the input cohesion and friction.
Both values of the modulus of subgrade reaction and the passive earth pressure coefficient
can be found in the Input section of the Report window (section 6.2).
Figure 4.35: Soil Materials window for Single pile loaded by calculated soil displacements
Deltares
Enter the weight of a unit volume of soil above the water table (generally
unsaturated).
Enter the weight of a unit volume of soil below the water table (generally
saturated).
Enter the drained cohesion.
Enter the friction angle of soil.
63
Horizontal
havior
Elasticity (E)
4.3.4
be-
The behavior (Stiff, Elastic or Foundation) of the layer must be specified. De Leeuw theory assumes an elastic incompressible cluster of
layers based on foundation layer(s) and eventually covered with stiff
layer(s). Therefore, only the system of layers presented in the figure
below is allowed where:
Elastic and foundation layer should be present at least one time;
Stiff layer (if present) should not be positioned below elastic or foundation layer
Other systems will lead to fatal error during calculation.
Enter the elastic modulus of the elastic soil layer. Mark the Use default elasticity option to use the elasticity automatically calculated by
D-S HEET P ILING according to De Leeuw and Timmermans theory based
on the dry unit weight (section 36.1.1).
Soil Profiles
On the menu bar, click Soil and then choose Profiles to open the corresponding input window.
In the input window, different profiles can be specified for each side and for each construction
stage. To add a profile, three options are available:
64
Deltares
Input
Once the soil materials are defined (section 4.3.2 and section 4.3.3),
click this button to add a soil profile by manual input of the Top level
and Material of each layer. Refer to section 4.3.4.1.
Click this button to add a soil profile by importing a CPTCPT from file
through the Select CPT window by either selecting an existing CPT file
(only in GEF format) or by importing a CPT from the DINO database
(Data and Information of the Subsurface of The Netherlands). Refer to
section 4.3.4.2 and section 4.3.4.3.
Click this button to delete the selected profile.
Click this button to create a copy of the selected profile: the entire
profile will be copied including the CPT-values, the layers and the additional pore pressures.
4.3.4.1
Deltares
This field displays the name of the selected profile. The name of
the profile can be overwritten if desired. Unique and recognizable
names should be used because the profile name is used in other
D-S HEET P ILING windows to select the appropriate soil data.
65
Material
Enter the level of the top of the soil layer. The layers must be entered
from top to bottom. The bottom soil layer is assumed to be infinitely
thick.
Click the input field to select one of the available soil materials. A
soil profile must be specified for each stage. On the basis of layers that are fully or partially located under the specified surface level,
D-S HEET P ILING itself defines the soil layers to profile to profile that
are present during a construction stage. However, there must be soil
present at the location of the specified surface. Because the surface
does not need to be horizontal, a soil layer may sometimes be above
the sheet piling.
Enter the additional pore water pressure at the top and bottom of each
soil layer. The additional pressure is modeled as varying linearly over
the layer. The total pore water pressure is taken as the sum of the
additional pore pressure and the hydrostatic pore water pressure (see
section 4.3.5). See the Note below.
Note: If the surface does not run horizontally, the additional pore water pressure at the
surface level is not always equal to zero. D-S HEET P ILING does not adjust the additional pore
water pressure, but displays a warning in the output file instead. A warning is also displayed
if an additional pore water pressure is entered above the water level.
4.3.4.2
Click on the Import from File button to open the Open dialog that allows a GEF file containing the CPT results to be selected. The GEF
file (Geotechnical Exchange Format) is a Dutch standard developed
by CUR. The results of the selected CPT are displayed in the CPTip
window (refer to paragraph Adding Soil Profiles from CPT CPT Interpretation just after for the CPT interpretation).
66
Deltares
Input
Click on the Import from Dino button to open the Select CPT for
D-S HEET P ILING window (Figure 4.39) that allows importing one or more
CPTs from the DINODINO database (DINO). CPT searching is performed from the Google Map. Zooming in to the location of the project
will display the CPTs as separate points (Figure 4.40). Just click on
it to display the CPT results in the CPTip window (refer to paragraph
Adding Soil Profiles from CPT CPT Interpretation just after for the
CPT interpretation).
Click this button to display a map view including city, street and motorway names and representation.
Click this button to display a satellite view.
Click this button to display a combination of the Map and Satellite views.
Zoom in:
Click this button to enlarge the map.
Zoom out:
Click this button to reduce the map.
Minimum length
of CPTs
Deltares
Pan:
Click this button to move the map by dragging the mouse.
Enter a minimum length for the CPTs displayed on the map.
67
Figure 4.40: Select CPT for D-Sheet Piling window after zoom in
4.3.4.3
68
Deltares
Input
Rule
Minimum
thickness
layer
To use the proposed soil layer interpretation, click the OK button to transport the interpretation
into a soil profile to be used in the project (Figure 4.42).
Deltares
69
Note: When a soil profile is determined from a CPT interpretation, the soil names and properties of the created soil materials are automatically filled in the Soil Materials window using
Table 1 of NEN 6740 for the general parameters and using an extrapolation of Table 3.3 of
CUR 166 for the secant moduli of subgrade reaction (section 29.3).
Note: If during the interpretation of a CPT, the point corresponding to the cone resistance
and the friction ratio of a layer is situated outside the limits of the diagram of the selected rule
(i.e. Figure 29.2 and Figure 29.3 in section 29.2), the program will assign an Undetermined
material to this layer with unrealistic properties. Thats why the user must always review the
automatic interpretation of the CPT before performing a calculation. In such case, the user
must select himself the appropriate material from the drop-down list of available materials
using its expertise.
Click the
button to display graphic representations of the pore pressures, the cone
resistance, the friction and the percentage of friction of the selected CPT (Figure 4.43).
70
Deltares
Input
4.3.5
Water Levels
On the menu bar, click Soil and then choose Water Levels to open the corresponding input
window. In the input window, different water levels can be specified.
Name
Level [m]
Enter a name for the water level. Use unique and recognizable names,
because the water level name is used in other D-S HEET P ILING windows
to select the appropriate data.
Enter the water level (relative to the reference level).
D-S HEET P ILING models hydrostatic pore water pressures by defining the hydrostatic pressure
at a point as proportional to its depth below the water level. If a total pore pressure distribution
other than this triangular, hydrostatic, distribution is required then the user must also input
additional pore pressures for each layer (section 4.3.4).
Deltares
71
4.3.6
Water Properties
On the menu bar, click Soil and then choose Water to open the corresponding input window. Use the dialog box to modify the unit weight of water, if required. The default value is
9.81 kN/m3 . Mark the Save as default check-box to make the input value the default for all
future projects.
After entering all the data in the Soil menu, proceed to the Loads menu.
4.4
Loads menu
The Loads menu can be used to define various types of loads.
4.4.1
Uniform Loads
This option is available only for Sheet piling model (section 4.1.1). On the menu bar, click
Loads and then choose Uniform Loads to open the corresponding input window.
Name
72
This field displays the name of the displayed load, which can be
overwritten. Use unique and recognizable names because the
load name is used in other windows of D-S HEET P ILING to select
the appropriate data.
Enter the magnitude of the load on the left hand side of the sheet
pile wall.
Deltares
Input
Favorable/ unfavorable
Enter the magnitude of the load on the right hand side of the
sheet piling.
Select the duration of load application, Permanent or Variable.
This option is available only if the Verification (EC7/CUR) option
is selected in the Model window (section 4.1.1).
Select the type of load, Favorable, Unfavorable or leave it DSheet Piling determined. This option is available only if the Verification (EC7/CUR) option is selected in the Model window (section 4.1.1).
Note: When the option D-Sheet Piling determined is selected
for determining if a load is either favorable or unfavorable, the
program first defines the passive side using only the surface levels at both side (the lower side is set to passive). Then the loads
situated at the passive side are considered as favorable and the
loads at the active side are considered as unfavorable. This automatic determination can therefore be incorrect in some cases;
for example, when the lower side, due to water pressures, is actually the active side. Thats why using this option requires some
careful.
A uniform load consists of a distributed vertical q-load acting on the horizontal soil surface,
from the sheet piling to infinity. The value of the q-load can be different on each side of the
sheet piling.
q-load
sheet piling
Figure 4.47: Distribution of uniform load
4.4.2
Surcharge Loads
This option is available only for Sheet piling model (section 4.1.1). On the menu bar, click
Loads and then choose Surcharge Loads to open the corresponding input window. A nonuniform surcharge acts on the soil surface to the left or right of the sheet pile wall. Enter
value of the load at several distances from the sheet pile wall. Between these points, linear
interpolation is used. Up to 10 surcharge loads can be added.
Note: The surcharge can only be applied if the c, , soil parameters model has been
selected (section 4.1.1).
Deltares
73
Permanent/variable
Favorable/ unfavorable
Distance [m]
Load [kN/m2 ]
74
This field displays the name of the displayed load, which can be
overwritten. Use unique and recognizable names because the
load name is used in other windows of D-S HEET P ILING to select
the appropriate data.
Select the duration of load application, Permanent or Variable.
This option is available only if the Verification (EC7/CUR) option
is selected in the Model window (section 4.1.1).
Select the type of load, Favorable, Unfavorable or leave it
D-S HEET P ILING determined. This option is available only if the
Verification (EC7/CUR) option is selected in the Model window
(section 4.1.1).
Note: When the option D-Sheet Piling determined is selected
for determining if a load is either favorable or unfavorable, the
program first defines the passive side using only the surface levels at both side (the lower side is set to passive). Then the loads
situated at the passive side are considered as favorable and the
loads at the active side are considered as unfavorable. This automatic determination can therefore be incorrect in some cases;
for example, when the lower side, due to water pressures, is actually the active side. Thats why using this option requires some
careful.
Enter the distance from the sheet piling to the relevant part of
the surcharge. A surcharge always acts on the soil surface. The
distances to the sheet piling are always positive and must be
entered in ascending order. The maximum number of points is
15.
Enter the magnitude of the surcharge at each point.
Deltares
load
Input
10
distance
Figure 4.49: Distribution of surcharges according to the inputted values of Figure 4.48
D-S HEET P ILING models surcharges using Boussinesqs formula, see Equation 27.7 (section 27.3).
A surcharge will only be active in the stages that are selected using the Stage Composer
(section 2.2.4) or the Stages Overview window (section 4.6.2).
4.4.3
for Sheet piling model, choose Horizontal Line Loads to open the corresponding input
window (Figure 4.50);
for Single pile model, choose Horizontal Forces to open the corresponding input window
(Figure 4.51).
Horizontal line loads (or forces) are loads perpendicular to the sheet piling (or single pile),
directed towards the right. Up to 10 loads can be added.
Deltares
75
Name
Level
Load
Permanent/ variable
Favorable/ unfavorable
The name of the horizontal line load (i.e. force) can be overwritten.
Use unique and recognizable names because the load name is used in
other windows of D-S HEET P ILING to select the appropriate data.
Enter the vertical position of the line load in relation to the reference
level. The value must be above the foot, and below the top, of the
sheet piling.
Enter the magnitude of the load (in kN per running meter for sheet
piling or in kN for single pile). D-S HEET P ILING assumes that a force
with positive sign points to the right.
Select the duration of load application, Permanent or Variable. This
option is available only if the Verification (EC7/CUR) option is selected
in the Model window (section 4.1.1).
Select the type of load, Favorable, Unfavorable or leave it
D-S HEET P ILING determined. This option is available only if the Verification (EC7/CUR) option is selected in the Model window (section 4.1.1).
Note: When the option D-Sheet Piling determined is selected for determining if a load is either favorable or unfavorable, the program first
defines the passive side using only the surface levels at both side (the
lower side is set to passive). Then the loads situated at the passive
side are considered as favorable and the loads at the active side are
considered as unfavorable. This automatic determination can therefore
be incorrect in some cases; for example, when the lower side, due to
water pressures, is actually the active side. Thats why using this option
requires some careful.
level
force
sheet piling
A horizontal line load (i.e. force) will only be active in the stages that are selected using the
Stage Composer (section 2.2.4) or the Stages Overview window (section 4.6.2).
76
Deltares
Input
4.4.4
Moments
On the menu bar, click Loads and then choose Moments to open the corresponding input
window. When, for example, a floor is connected to the sheet pile wall a moment load can
occur along the length of the sheet pile wall. Up to 10 moments can be added.
Name
Level
Moment
The name of the moment load can be overwritten. Use unique and
recognizable names, because the load name is used in other windows
of D-S HEET P ILING to select the appropriate data.
Enter the vertical position of the moment in relation to the reference
level. The values must be within the range of the top and the foot of the
sheet piling.
Enter the magnitude of the moment (kN per running meter for Sheet
piling but kN for Single pile). A moment with a rotation from the positive X-axis to the positive Y-axis (counter clockwise) receives a positive
sign.
level
moment
sheet piling
A moment will only be active in the stages that are selected using the Stage Composer (section 2.2.4) or the Stages Overview window (section 4.6.2).
Deltares
77
Normal Forces
On the menu bar, click Loads and then choose Normal Forces to open the following window.
Name
Force at
Enter a name for the force. Use unique and recognizable names, because the load name is used in other windows of D-S HEET P ILING to
select the appropriate data.
Enter the value of the normal force at the levels explained below.
Normal forces, i.e. distributed forces that act along the axis of the sheet piling section, introduce an additional (secondary) moment. Due to wall friction, the normal force (the result of
an applied vertical line load) will decrease along the depth of the sheet piling. To account for
this friction, the user may input the value of the normal force at the following levels:
78
Deltares
Input
4.4.6
Soil Displacements
This option is available only for Single pile loaded by soil displacements and for Sheet piling
models (section 4.1.1). On the menu bar, click Loads and then choose Soil Displacements
to open the corresponding input window. Undisturbed soil displacements can be entered at a
number of points along the total length of the pile. Up to 10 soil displacements can be entered.
See section 36.1 for background information.
Note: For Sheet piling model, soil displacements are applied only at the first stage.
Level
Displacement
4.5
Enter the vertical position (relative to the reference level) of the points
where the soil displacement is to be defined. The first point must coincide with the top of the sheet piling, and the last point with the foot of
the sheet piling even if the displacement there is zero. The intermediate
points must be in order of decreasing level.
Enter the magnitude of the undisturbed soil displacement. A soil displacement in the direction of the positive X-axis (to the right) receives
a positive sign.
Supports menu
Anchors, struts and other supports can be defined using the options in the Supports menu.
4.5.1
Anchors
This option is available only for Sheet piling model (section 4.1.1). On the menu bar, click
Supports and then choose Anchors to open the corresponding input window.
Deltares
79
Name
Level
E-modulus
Cross section
Wall height
(Kranz)
Length
Angle
Design Yield
Force
Side
Refer to Tutorial 18 in chapter 25 for a concrete example of anchor system using the technical
specifications provided by the manufacturer.
Note: When determining the maximum anchor force, D-S HEET P ILING assumes that the anchor rod is attached in the middle of the anchor wall. On the top, it is assumed that the anchor
plate runs through to the surface, or at least that it may be calculated as if the anchor wall
runs through to the surface. In practice, this will be the case if the total height of the anchor
wall is greater than half the distance from the bottom of the anchor plate to the surface. When
the anchor is drawn in the Input Diagram window (section 2.2.3), only half of the inputted Wall
height of the anchor is drawn (between the anchor rod and the bottom of the anchor wall).
Anchors can be pre-tensioned with an initial force to support the sheet pile wall. Each construction stage can have its own anchors and up to 10 anchors can be added. Pre-tensioned
anchors are modeled by the pre-stress force, with no associated stiffness for the stage in
80
Deltares
Input
which the pre-stress force is applied. For all other stages D-S HEET P ILING models anchors
using discrete springs. D-S HEET P ILING always uses a zero pressure condition in the stress
strain relation (Figure 4.58).
tensile stress
limited capacity
pre- stress
zero pressure
condition
tensile strain
D-S HEET P ILING calculates the stiffness of the anchor using the following equation:
spring constant =
(4.1)
An anchor will only be active in the stages that are selected using the Stage Composer (section 2.2.4) or the Stages Overview window (section 4.6.2).
Grout Anchors
The modeling of a grout anchor in D-S HEET P ILING depends on the type of analysis:
For a Kranz stability analysis (section 5.2.4), CUR 166 (art. 4.7.2) and also EAU 2004
(art. 8.4.9.8) prescribe to define the (effective) length of the anchorage as the length
from the sheet pile wall to the middle of the grout body.
For a standard calculation (section 5.2.1), nothing is prescribed by CUR 166 about the
yield force of the anchor. However, the anchor tip position depends on the tensile stress
distribution along the anchor. This differs for a mono or a duplex-anchor as shown in
art. 5.5.4 of CUR 166. As a grout anchor is often a mono-anchor, the (effective) length
of the anchorage can be defined as the length from the sheet pile wall to the third of the
grout body.
In both cases, D-S HEET P ILING doesnt calculate automatically this adapted anchor length. The
user has to define it in the Anchors window.
Deltares
81
Struts
This option is available only for Sheet piling model (section 4.1.1). On the menu bar, click
Supports and then choose Struts to open the corresponding input window (Figure 4.59).
Name
Level
E-modulus
Cross section
Length
Angle
Design Buckling
Force
Side
Struts can be pre-compressed with an initial force to support the sheet pile wall. Each construction stage can have its own struts and up to 10 struts can be added. D-S HEET P ILING
models struts using discrete springs. D-S HEET P ILING always uses a zero tension condition in
the stress strain relation (Figure 4.60).
compressive stress
limited capacity
pre- stress
zero tension
condition
compressive strain
82
Deltares
Input
D-S HEET P ILING calculates the stiffness of the strut using the following equation:
spring constant =
(4.2)
A strut will only be active in the stages that are selected using the Stage Composer (section 2.2.4) or the Stages Overview window (section 4.6.2).
4.5.3
Spring Supports
On the menu bar, click Supports and then choose Spring Supports to open the corresponding
input window (Figure 4.61).
Name
Level
Rotation
Translation
A spring support provides an elastic resistance against translation or rotation. The stiffness of
the spring is determined using the data entered for the spring constants for translation and/or
rotation.
F = ktranslation w,
M = krotation
(4.3)
where:
F
M
ktranslation
krotation
w
Deltares
83
4.5.4
Rigid supports
On the menu bar, click Supports and then choose Rigid Supports to open the corresponding
input window (Figure 4.62).
Name
Level
Support
type
(Prevention of...)
Rigid supports can be used to suppress translation and/or rotation of the sheet piling (or single
pile) at certain points. Up to 10 rigid supports can be added.
A rigid support will only be active in the stages that are selected using the Stage Composer
(section 2.2.4) or the Stages Overview window (section 4.6.2).
4.6
Stages menu
After the sheet piling, loading and supports have been defined, the construction stages can
be described.
84
Deltares
Input
4.6.1
Stages Manager
On the menu bar, click Stages and then choose Manager to open the input window. Click Add
to add a new stage to the list or click Insert to insert a new stage before the stage currently
selected. Click Rename to modify the current name. The Delete button removes the selected
stage from the list. Note that at least one construction stage must always be present. Up to
50 stages can be defined.See Calculation Options (section 5.1) for how to compensate for an
initial surcharge or non-horizontal surface during the first stage.
4.6.2
Stage(s) Overview
On the menu bar, click Stage(s) and then choose Overview to open the Stage(s) Overview
window. Depending on the selected model (section 4.1.1), the content of this window will be
different:
4.6.2.1
An overview of loads, supports and additional data that may vary for each stage.
Selection of specific loads, supports and additional input data for each stage.
Input of anchor and strut forces, and the input of a prescribed pile top displacement.
Deltares
85
Pile top
displacement
Passive side
86
Deltares
Input
Methods
Water levels
Surfaces
Soil profiles
Anchors
Pre-tensioning
forces
Struts
Pre-compressions
Deltares
For each side and for each stage, select the method that
D-S HEET P ILING will use to calculate the lateral earth pressure ratios:
C, phi, delta (cohesion, soil friction angle and friction angle between soil and wall): With this option selected D-S HEET P ILING
derives the lateral earth pressure coefficients using Culmanns
method. This method is the usual choice in most cases. It is based
on straight slip surfaces and includes the influence of soil weight,
non-horizontal ground surfaces and non-uniform surcharge.
Ka , K0 , Kp (active, neutral and passive lateral earth pressure coefficients): With this option selected, D-S HEET P ILING will use userspecified coefficients or ones derived automatically from the MllerBreslau equations (straight slip surface, horizontal soil surface) or
Ktter equations (curved slip surface, horizontal ground surface).
For more details, see the Soil Materials input window section 4.3.2.
For each side and for each stage, select the water level. Water
levels may be added or modified in the Water Level window (section 4.3.5).
For each side and for each stage, select one of the available ground
surfaces from the drop down list. Ground surfaces may be added or
modified in the Surfaces input window.
For each side and for each stage, select one of the available layer
profiles from the drop down list. Layer profiles may be added or
modified in the Profiles input window.
For each stage, select the anchors that are used by marking the corresponding check-boxes. Anchors may be added via the Supports
menu.
For each selected anchor, the corresponding check-box in the list of
pre-tensioning forces may be marked. Once a check-box is marked,
the pre-tensioning force can be entered in the same cell of the table.
If an anchor is deselected, the corresponding pre-tensioning also
becomes deselected, and the corresponding check-box is disabled.
Note: In case of inclined anchor, the input pre-stress force is along
the inclined anchor, not normal to the sheet piling.
For each stage, select the struts that are to be used by marking the
corresponding check-boxes. Struts may be added via the Supports
menu.
For each selected strut, the corresponding check-box in the list
of pre-compression forces may be marked. Once a check-box is
marked, the pre-compression force can be entered in the same
cell of the table. If a strut is deselected, the corresponding precompression also becomes deselected, and the corresponding
check-box is disabled.
87
Spring supports
Rigid supports
Uniform loads
Surcharges
Horizontal line loads
Moments
Normal forces
Supports and loads may be selected for each stage by marking the
corresponding check boxes. Supports and loads may be entered
with the input windows in the Soil menu and the Loads menu.
Surcharges may be selected to act on either side of the sheet piling.
Note: The Soil Displacements as defined from the Loads menu (section 4.4.6) are not
present in the Stages Overview window for Sheet Piling model (Figure 4.64) because they
are applied only at the first stage.
For more detail about the menus mentioned above, see section 4.3 to section 4.5.
4.6.2.2
Water levels
Surfaces
Soil profiles
Spring supports
Rigid supports
Horizontal line loads
Moments
Normal Forces
Select the water level. Water levels may be added or modified in the
Water Levels window (section 4.3.5).
Select one of the available ground surfaces from the drop-down list.
Ground surfaces may be added or modified in the Surfaces window
(section 4.3.1).
Select one of the available layer profiles from the drop down list.
Layer profiles may be added or modified in the Profiles input window
(section 4.3.4).
All supports and loads may be selected by marking the corresponding check boxes. Supports and loads may be entered using the
input windows in the Soil menu (section 4.3) and the Loads menu
(section 4.3.4).
For more details about the menus mentioned above, see section 4.3 and section 4.3.4.
88
Deltares
5 Calculations
5.1
Calculation Options
This option is available only for retaining walls (section 4.1.1). On the menu bar, click Calculation and then choose Options, to change the determination method for the earth pressure
coefficients according to Culmann or to reduce the wall friction angles according to CUR 166.
First stage
represents
initial situation
Coarse/Fine
Reduce delta
friction angle(s)
according to
CUR
5.1.1
Mark this check-box to let D-S HEET P ILING determine equal neutral
stresses at both sides, for initially non-horizontal surfaces or initial surcharges. The possibilities and limitations are outlined in section 5.1.1.
Also see chapter 37 for background information.
Select either the faster, classic, coarse element determination of active
and passive pressures, or the more accurate fine element determination. D-S HEET P ILING applies the fine determination implicitly when the
First stage represents initial situation option has been selected. Note
that the fine and coarse methods may yield different results, as explained in section 5.1.2.
Mark this check-box to allow reduction of the wall friction angles according to CUR 166. This means that:
for 30 , no change is made to ;
for 30 < 35 , is reduced to 16.6 ;
for > 35 , is reduced to 17.2 .
This option is only available when using the C, phi, delta soil parameters module. The check-box is marked as default.
Note: This reduction applies for both Standard and Verification calculation:
in case of a Verification calculation, this reduction applies on the (calculated) design values;
in case of a Standard calculation or a Verification calculation with
representative values (incl. step 6.5 of CUR), this reduction applies on
the representative values.
Possibilities and limitations of the option First stage represents initial situation
Only non-uniform loads and non-horizontal surfaces are allowed in combination with
a first initial stage. Uniform loads, horizontal line loads, moments and normal forces
Deltares
89
Sheet piling deformation will not occur in a first initial stage, unless the initial neutral soil
stress becomes equal to the active or passive value at some part along the sheet piling.
The layers and phreatic surface in a first initial stage must be continuous at the position
of the sheet piling.
5.1.2
5.2
section 5.2.3: a verification of the sheet piling according to design codes (Eurocode and
CUR 166);
5.2.1
Standard Calculation
To perform a standard calculation, select the Standard tab in the Start Calculation window
(Figure 5.2).
90
Deltares
Calculations
Recalculation
earth pressure
coefficients
Start
5.2.1.1
Automatic
Selecting Automatic leaves the values of the lateral earth pressure ratios that are calculated by the Culmann (c, phi, delta) method as they
are.
Manual
In order to review or modify the lateral earth pressure ratios calculated
by the Culmann (c, phi, delta) method, select Manual and click Editor.
This will open the Fictive Earth Pressure Coefficients window, where
the values can be viewed and modified (section 5.2.1.1).
Click Start to perform the analysis (using the stated sheet piling length).
The calculation progress is displayed in the Calculation Progress window (section 5.2.1.2).
Deltares
91
Coefficients of
construction stage
Recalculation
Select side to
show coefficients
Level
Ka, Ko, Kp
5.2.1.2
Select the construction stage for which the earth pressure ratios are
to be modified.
Click this button to restore the original Culmann values.
The vertical position along the sheet piling for which the earth pressure coefficients have been calculated.
The vertical position along the sheet piling.
The active, neutral and passive earth pressure coefficient values,
which can be modified.
Calculation Progress
Click Start in the Start Calculation window to perform the analysis. After analysis is complete,
close the Calculation Progress window (Figure 5.4).
A report can now be generated (section 6.2). If errors are found in the input data, any calcula92
Deltares
Calculations
tion can be performed and the Error Messages window opens in which more details about the
error(s) are given. Those errors must be corrected first before performing a new calculation.
For more explanations about the possible errors and how to solve them, refer to section 5.5.
If the sheet pile wall is found to be unstable then the calculation process is stopped and the
following warning message appears: Calculation finished: Sheet piling becomes unstable.
The sheet piling is considered to be unstable if 100% of the mobilized resistance or if the displacement reaches 25% of the sheet piling length. The stage at which the instability occurred
is also indicated in the Calculation Progress window.
5.2.2
5.2.2.1
Figure 5.5: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab
Construction
stage
Pile length From
/ Down to /
Decrement
If the option Verification (EC7/CUR) has been selected in the Model window (section 4.1.1),
four types of design can be performed as shown in Figure 5.6:
Deltares
93
Representative
EC7 General
EC7 NL
EC7 B
CUR
94
Deltares
Calculations
5.2.2.2
Design
proach
ap-
Select the corresponding design approach for which the design calculation will be performed. See chapter 34 for more information.
Figure 5.8: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab - Output
Deltares
95
the mobilized resistance, defined as the actual total passive soil reaction divided by the
capacity of the total passive soil reaction at full yield;
5.2.2.3
Design Sheet Piling Length acc. to CUR and Eurocode 7 (NL Annex)
The Dutch Annex of the Eurocode 7 (NEN, september 2009) prescribes the same design
procedure as the CUR design procedure, except that the default partial factors are different.
If CUR or EC7 NL is selected (Figure 5.9) then D-S HEET P ILING will apply step 6.3 of the CUR
design procedure (section 33.2) using the partial factors of either CUR or EC7 NL. These
factors can either be applied to the selected stage only (method B), or also to all preceding
stages (method A) (section 33.3.1).
Figure 5.9: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab EC7 NL / CUR
Partial
factors
(design values)
on all stages
(method A)
96
Deltares
Calculations
Partial
factors
(design values)
in selected stage
only (method B)
Select this option to apply partial factors on the selected stage only
(method B), which means that the selected stage is calculated using
design values whereas the previous stages are calculated using representative values (section 33.3.1). The functioning of method B is
schematized in Table 5.8.
Table 5.8: Schematization of the calculation methods A and B according to EC7-NL and
CUR in case of 4 stages
Method B(1)
Method A
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Stage 4
char
char
char
char
char
char
(1)
5.2.2.4
Figure 5.10: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length EC7 B
Set
Select the corresponding set for which the design calculation will be performed.
Deltares
97
5.2.3.1
Figure 5.11: Start Calculation window, Verify Sheet Piling tab EC7 General
Design
approach
Check stability
for all stages
98
Select the design approach according to Eurocode 7 for which the verification will be performed. See chapter 34 for more information.
Select this check-box to perform an overall stability calculation using
modified values for soil properties (cohesion, friction angle and unit
weight) depending on the Design approach chosen for all stages.
Deltares
Calculations
5.2.3.2
If method A (Partial factors (design values) in all stages) is selected, D-S HEET P ILING
applies partial factors (corresponding to the inputted set) in all stages. All stages are
therefore calculated using design values. The functioning of method A is schematized
in the second column of Table 5.11.
If method B (Partial factors (design values) in verified stage only ) is selected, D-S HEET P ILING
applies partial factors (corresponding to the inputted set) only in the selected final
stage(s), and all previous stages have the Representative set applied. The selected
stage is calculated using design values whereas the previous stages are calculated
using representative values. The functioning of method B is schematized in Table 5.11.
Table 5.11: Schematization of the calculation methods A and B according to EC7-NL and
CUR in case of 4 stages
Method B(1)
Method A
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Stage 4
char
char
char
char
char
char
(1)
If the Partial factors (design values) in all stages (method A) method is selected, the following
window is displayed (Figure 5.12).
Figure 5.12: Start Calculation window, Verify Sheet Piling tab for EC7 NL and CUR methods with Partial factors in all stages (method A)
Deltares
99
Anchor stiffness
multiplication factor
in all stages
Check stability
for all stages
If the Partial factors (design values) in all stages (method B) method is selected, the following
window is displayed Figure 5.13.
Figure 5.13: Start Calculation window, Verify Sheet Piling tab for EC7 NL and CUR methods with Partial factors in verified stage only (method B)
Stage
Verify
Anchor stiffness
multiplication
factor
100
List of the stages as defined in the Stages Manager window (section 4.6.1).
Select the Stage for which verification is to be performed by marking
the relevant check-box(es). Leaving the check-box unselected means
that this stage will not be verified.
Change the Partial factor set to the relevant class:
Safety class I, II or III according to CUR 166 inputted in the Default
Partial Factors window (section 4.1.2);
RC 1, 2 or 3 according to the Dutch Annex of Eurocode 7.
D-S HEET P ILING uses the partial factors set to modify the input soil properties (cohesion, friction and modulus of subgrade reaction) and levels
during all stages.
Enter a multiplication factor for the anchor stiffness for the different
stages. This factor is used in Step 9.1 of the verification (see below).
The default value is 1.
Deltares
Calculations
Check stability
for all verified
stages
Verification consists of the execution of six steps of the CUR 166 design procedure:
Step 6.1 and step 6.3 determine the design moment and the shear force in the sheet
piling at the Ultimate Limit using a low design value design value for the modulus of
subgrade reaction (k / k ). For step 6.1, the water and surface levels at the passive
side are increased whereas for step 6.3 they are lowered.
Step 6.2 and step 6.4 determine the design moment and the shear force in the sheet
piling at the Ultimate Limit State using a high design value for the modulus of subgrade
reaction (k 2.25). For step 6.2, the water and surface levels at the passive side are
increased whereas for step 6.4 they are lowered.
Step 6.5 determines the design value for deformation at the Serviceability Limit State.
Step 9.1 determines the design value for the anchor force at the Ultimate Limit by increasing the anchor stiffness using the multiplication factor specified in the input window
(see above).
5.2.3.3
Figure 5.14: Start Calculation window, Verify Sheet Piling tab - EC7 B
Deltares
101
Check stability
for all stages
Partial
factors
(design values)
in all stages
(method A)
Partial
factors
(design values)
in verified stage
only (method B)
Table 5.15: Schematization of the calculation method according to table 21-4-9 of SB 260
Stage
1
Design values (d) in the stage to be controlled, characteristic values (char) in previous stage(s)
char
d
char
&
char
...
&
char
5.2.4
&
&
102
Deltares
Calculations
Construction
stage
Start
Draw Results
Kranz (Kranz, 1953) has derived formulas for a short anchorage; this means that the passive
slip surface from the sheet piling and the active slip surface from the anchor wall intersect. This
intersection leads to a reduced capacity of the soil resistance against the anchor force. For
a long anchorage, there is no intersection of the two slip surfaces and therefore no reduction
of soil resistance capacity. The applicability of the method for a long anchorage is limited to
anchor walls where the distance from the soil surface to the toe of the anchor wall is smaller
than approximately twice the height of the anchor wall. Grout anchors are always considered
as short anchorage. For background information, see Allowable Anchor Force in chapter 30.
Grout anchors are always considered as short anchorage. For background information, see
Allowable Anchor Force in chapter 30.
5.2.4.1
Deltares
103
Figure 5.16: Start Calculation window, Allowable Anchor Force tab showing results
5.2.4.2
104
Deltares
Calculations
H
L
A
Ea
Er
Eo
Ec
Es
Ep
Fmax
Fact
Deltares
105
Overall Stability
Select the Overall Stability tab in the Start Calculation window. This option is only available
with the Verification (EC7/CUR) option enabled (section 4.1.1).
Construction
stage
Representative
EC7 General
EC7 NL
CUR
EC7 B
106
Deltares
Calculations
5.2.5.1
Figure 5.19: Start Calculation window, Overall Stability tab - EC7 General
Design
approach
5.2.5.2
Choose the Eurocode design approach. D-S HEET P ILING will modify the
soil parameters (cohesion, friction angle and unit weight) depending on
the Design Approach chosen.
Deltares
Choose the class (RC 1, 2 or 3). D-S HEET P ILING will modify the soil
parameters (cohesion, friction angle and unit weight) depending on the
Partial factor set chosen.
107
5.2.5.4
Choose the CUR 166 safety class (Class I, II or III). D-S HEET P ILING will
modify the soil parameters (cohesion and friction angle) and the driving
moment according to CUR 166 table 2.7.
Set
After clicking OK, D-S HEET P ILING will use Bishops method (chapter 31) to find the critical slip
circle. The critical slip circle and stability factor are shown schematically in the result window.
108
Deltares
Calculations
5.3
5.4
Batch Calculation
D-S HEET P ILING offers the possibility to perform calculations in batch which means successive
calculations for different input files. This can be useful for time consuming calculations. To do
so, D-S HEET P ILING program must be started from the Run window by specifying its location
followed by /b, as shown in Figure 5.24.
Then the Start Batch Calculation window opens where the location of the files must be specified (Figure 5.25).
Deltares
109
5.5
Error Messages
If errors are found in the input data, any calculation can be performed and the Error Messages
window opens in which more details about the error(s) are given. Those errors must be corrected first before performing a new calculation. Below is a list of all possible error messages
with a few explanations when needed.
Sheet piling:
Maximum number of nodes exceeded!
Maximum number of different kinds of bars exceeded!
Calculation:
Stiffness matrix is not filled properly!
Ratio of stiffness sheet piling / Mod.of subgrade reaction too small!
No passive side found of the sheet piling.
Sheet piling becomes unstable (not converged)
Not converged: Maximum number of iterations exceeded
No convergence
Uplift will occur
Anchor:
Anchor above ground surface
110
Deltares
Calculations
Read dumpfile:
Requested stage not found on dumpfile
Error found while reading dumpfile
Unable to open dumpfile
Eurocode verification:
During Eurocode verification, the maximum allowable percentage of
Maximum
mobilization (of 100%) is reduced as a partial resistance factor is appercentage of
plied (section 4.1.2). However, the instability criterion stays at 100%
mobilization
thats why this error message is given.
exceeded
Initial calculation:
Initial stress-less situation request a continuous surface
Initial stress-less situation request the same soil profiles on both sides
Initial stress-less situation is only possible with C, phi, delta method
Initial stress-less situation : no soil displacements allowed
Initial stress-less situation : no head displacements allowed
Initial stress-less situation : no uniform distributions allowed
Initial stress-less situation : no horizontal loads or moments allowed
All the above error messages refer to the limitations of the calculation option First stage represents initial situation given in section 5.1.1.
Method Ka , K0 , Kp :
On the left side a surcharge
load is defined.
On the right side a surcharge
load is defined.
On the left side the surface is
not horizontal.
Use of method:
In the next profile(s) the difference between the highest and lowest phi in the layers is more
then 15 degrees.
Deltares
111
According to CUR 166 article 4.5.8, a Culmann calculation with straight slip surfaces is not
allowed. Either reduce your phis or try a Ka , K0 , Kp calculation.
In a verification the Ka , K0 and Kp are recalculated with reduced phi and deltas. This was
impossible with the next layer/layers while they have a manual given Ka , K0 and Kp .
The Ka , K0 and Kp are calculated according to Brinch Hansen per material.
General:
The stress in the layer is used in this calculation, therefore a material
should not be used in more than one layer.
The next material(s) occur in more than one layer:
No construction stages defined
Too many construction stages defined
Level of first soil displacement must coincide with top level of sheet
piling
On the left side, no surface has been selected
Level surface near sheet pile is situated above top sheet piling
Level surface near sheet pile is situated beneath toe sheet piling
More than one normal force defined
Up to 50 stages
can be defined
Up to 20 sections
can be defined.
112
Deltares
6 View Results
The options in the Results menu can be used to view the results of the performed calculations.
6.1
Report Selection
On the menu bar, click Results and then choose Report Selection to open the Report Selection window. In this window the report content can be selected for viewing, exporting and
printing by marking the check-boxes in the tree view.
Include minor
nodes
Multiple stage
selection
Graphs
Select this option to display tabular results for every finite element node
along the sheet piling, as opposed to just the major nodes.
To apply the same result selection for all stages, first use the Multiple
stage selection tree view on the right hand side. By clicking Apply to all
stages, this general selection will be applied to the tree view on the left
hand side.
Clicking Select all and then Apply under Graphs will cause pictures of
the geometry and graphs of the moments, forces and displacements to
be included for all stages.
6.2
Report
On the menu bar, click Results and then choose Report to view the results of the analysis,
in report format with tables and graphs (section 5.2.1). Depending on the type of calculation
performed (section 5.2), the report will contain different results:
Deltares
113
Results of a Verify Sheet Piling analysis according to Eurocode 7 (General and Belgian
annex) (section 6.2.3)
Maxima per Stage: table overview of the extreme values for all stages;
Anchors and Struts: state and force in the anchors/struts for all relevant stages
(the force is given in the direction of the anchor/strut);
6.2.1
Deltares
Outline (Picture) shows a diagram of the geometry with layers and supports;
View Results
Input Data Left/Right gives an overview of the input for each construction stage:
If the Ka , K0 , Kp method is used for the selected side, the values of the calculated Earth pressures coefficients Ka , K0 and Kp are given in a table (see
Figure 6.3);
Figure 6.3: Report window, Input Data Left/Right section for Ka , K0 , Kp method
If the c, phi, delta method is used for the selected side, the table of the
Earth pressures coefficients is empty (see "n.a" in Figure 6.4) but an additional paragraph called Calculated Earth Pressure Coefficients Left/Right is
present: in the table displayed, column "Fictive earth pressure coefficients"
gives the values of the lateral earth pressure ratios calculated by the Culmann (c, phi, delta). These values can also be found in the Fictive Earth
Pressure Coefficients window (section 5.2.1.1). Refer to section 27.2.1 for
background information.
Deltares
115
116
Charts of Moments/Forces and Displacements (Picture) shows the graphical output for moments, forces and displacements along the sheet piling;
Moments/Forces and Displacements gives the tabular output for moments, forces
and displacements along the sheet piling;
Stresses gives the tabular output for stresses along the sheet piling.
Figure 6.4: Report window, Input Data Left/Right section for Culmann method
Soil Collapse (Figure 6.5) Soil Collapse gives the output of the integrated horizontal forces on the left and right hand sides. D-S HEET P ILING calculates the mobilized
force resistance from the ratio between the actual force and the maximum force
along the passive side. In cases with a single support/anchor/strut, the maximum
moment and the mobilized moment are also calculated, around the location of the
support. On the passive side, D-S HEET P ILING only takes the stress contributions
below that location into account.
Deltares
View Results
Vertical Force Balance (Figure 6.6) gives a rough indication of the upward forces
that result from the friction by soil movement on the active and passive sides. This
method is only useful if the friction is mainly caused by excavation, e.g. not by
normal forces. For background information, refer to chapter 32.
Anchors/Struts (Figure 6.7) gives the force in all anchor and strut.
The report is largely self-descriptive. Fragments of the result sections are displayed in Figure 6.2 to Figure 6.7. Click the Print active window
icon on the menu bar to print the report.
Choose the Export Report option from the File menu to save the report, for example in RTF
format.
Deltares
117
Report for a Verify Sheet Piling calculation acc. CUR and EC7 NL
A verification analysis according to CUR 166 or Eurocode 7 (Annex NL) is performed using the
Verify Sheet Piling tab of the Start Calculation window (section 5.2.3).The verification report
contains the same elements as described in the regular analysis report (section 6.2.1), except
for the following sections:
118
Overview per Stage and Test: table overview of the results obtained for the selected stages of the Verify Sheet Piling tab in the Start Calculation window (section 5.2.3), for six CUR 166 steps (6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5 and 9.1) plus step 6.5
using a multiplication of 1.2 for the displacement, moment and force;
Anchors and Struts: state of anchors and struts for each selected stage and for
the six CUR 166 steps (6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5 and 9.1);
6.2.2
Deltares
View Results
Figure 6.8: Report window, Summary section for a CUR or EC7 NL verification
Construction Stages section (for each stage and for the six CUR 166 steps) contain-
Outline (Picture) shows a diagram of the geometry with layers and supports, including geometrical modifications by the selected safety class;
Input Data Left/Right gives an overview of the input for each construction stage,
including modifications by a selected partial factor safety class;
ing:
Refer to section 33.2 for background information on the CUR 166 verification steps. Refer to
section 34.2 for background information on the Dutch Annex of Eurocode 7.
6.2.3
Report for a Verify Sheet Piling calculation acc. EC7 General and EC7 B
A verification analysis according to Eurocode 7-General and Eurocode 7-Belgian is performed
using the Verify Sheet Piling tab of the Start Calculation window (section 5.2.3).The report
for a EC7-General and EC7-B verification contains the same elements as described in the
regular analysis report (section 6.2.1), except for the following sections:
Deltares
119
Anchors and Struts: state of anchors and struts for each selected stage and for
the selected design approach (DA): 1, 2 or 3.
Outline (Picture) shows a diagram of the geometry with layers and supports, including geometrical modifications by the selected design approach;
Construction Stages section (for each stage and for the selected DA) containing:
Input Data Left/Right gives an overview of the input for each construction stage,
including modifications by the partial factors of the selected DA;
120
Deltares
View Results
6.3
(section 6.3.3) Charts for a Verify Sheet Piling calculation according to Eurocode 7
(General).
6.3.1
Deltares
121
For the three charts (Bending Moments, Shear Forces and Displacement), three types of
datas are available:
Actual
Minimum
Maximum
Note: The anchor force Fanchor given chart data in the Shear Forces chart of the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window is the actual total force in the anchor (normal to the
sheet piling), whilst the shear force illustrated as acting on the sheet pile wall is only the horizontal component of the anchor force. Thus the size of the jump in the shear force diagram
will only be the same as the value given for Fanchor if the anchor is horizontal.
6.3.2
Charts for a Verify Sheet Piling calculation acc. CUR and EC7 NL
A verification analysis according to CUR 166 or Eurocode 7 (Annex NL) is performed using the
Verify Sheet Piling tab of the Start Calculation window (section 5.2.3). The verification graphs
of the bending moments, shear forces and displacements along the sheet piling (Figure 6.12)
are available for the selected stage, for all six CUR 166 verification steps (6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5
and 9.1). See also the description for the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts from a regular
analysis (section 6.3.1).
122
Deltares
View Results
6.3.3
Charts for a Verify Sheet Piling calculation acc. EC7 General and EC7 B
A verification analysis according to Eurocode 7 (General and Belgian annex) is performed
using the Verify Sheet Piling tab of the Start Calculation window (section 5.2.3). The verification graphs of the bending moments, shear forces and displacements along the sheet piling
(Figure 6.13) are available for the selected stage, only for the design approach (DA) selected
in the Verify Sheet Piling tab of the Start Calculation window (section 5.2.3).
Deltares
123
the grey dotted line is the maximum bending moment obtained from all stages;
the black continuous line is the bending moment calculated for the selected stage,
except for design approaches DA 1 set 1 and DA 2 for which this line corresponds
to the intermediary calculated bending moment without partial factor on the effect
of the loads;
the red dotted line is the maximum (between all stages) calculated bending moment multiplied by the partial factor on the effect of the loads. For design approaches DA 1 set 2 and DA 3, the red line is indeed the grey line as any partial
factor applies on the effect of the loads. For design approaches DA 1 set 1 and
DA 2, the red line is the black continuous line multiplied by the partial factor on the
effect of the loads;
the green dotted vertical line is the maximum allowable moment inputted in the
Sheet piling window section 4.2.1.
the grey dotted line is the maximum shear force obtained from all stages;
the black continuous line is the shear force calculated for the selected stage;
the grey dotted line is the maximum displacement obtained from all stages;
the black continuous line is the displacement calculated for the selected stage;
See also the description for the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts from a regular analysis
(section 6.3.1).
124
Deltares
View Results
Note: For design approaches DA 1 set 1 and DA 2, the maximum moment and the maximum
shear force given in the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window are less than those given
in the Summary section of the Report window while they should be equal. The reason for this
is that the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window shows the intermediary calculated
moments and forces before multiplying them with the partial factor on the effect of the loads
(1.35 as default) whereas the Summary section of the Report window shows the final design
moments and forces.
Click the right hand mouse button, and choose View Data to open the Chart Data window
(Figure 6.14). In this window the data used to generate the charts can be viewed and copied,
for example for use in spreadsheets chart data.
For the three charts (Bending Moments, Shear Forces and Displacement), three types of
datas are available:
Actual
Minimum
Maximum
Deltares
125
the Water Pressure graph represents the water pressure (including the user-defined
additional pore pressure) acting on the sheet pile wall at both sides;
the Effective Stress graph represents the horizontal effective stress acting on the sheet
pile wall at both sides;
6.4
the red line represents the resulting effective stress acting on the sheet pile wall
(i.e. the difference between the horizontal effective stress at the active and passive
sides).
126
Deltares
View Results
Water Pressure
Left
Water Pressure
Right
Resulting Stress
The water pressure (including the user-defined additional pore pressure) acting on the left side of the sheet pile wall.
The water pressure (including the user-defined additional pore pressure) acting on the right side of the sheet pile wall.
The resulting total stress (i.e. sum of the effective stress and the water
pressure) acting on the sheet pile wall (i.e. the difference between the
horizontal total stress at the active
and passive sides):
0
0
resulting = active
+ Pw;active passive
+ Pw;passive
Effective Stress
Left
Effective Stress
Right
6.5
The horizontal effective stress acting on the left side of the sheet pile
wall.
The horizontal effective stress acting on the right side of the sheet pile
wall.
Stress Diagrams
On the menu bar, click Results and then choose Stress Diagrams to view the effective stress
, the pore pressure U and the resulting stress R acting on the sheet pile wall, displayed
over the soil, sheet piling and anchorage.
Deltares
127
6.6
Deltares
View Results
For each chart, three lines are shown:
The blue line corresponds to the settlements due to sheet pile volume;
The red line corresponds to the settlements due to densification;
The black line corresponds to the total settlement (sum of settlements due to sheet pile
volume and due to densification).
For background information about the determination of the settlements due to vibration, refer
to chapter 38.
6.6.1
6.6.2
Deltares
129
6.6.3
Total settlement
Choose Total settlement from the drop-down menu at the top left of the Settlement by Vibration
Charts window to display the total settlement due to vibration during installation and removal
of the sheet piling.
130
Deltares
View Results
6.7
Click the Active slide planes icon to view the slides planes in each point along the
sheet pile wall at the left and right sides, used to calculate the active earth pressure coefficients, as given in the Fictive Earth Pressure Coefficients window (section 5.2.1.1).
Click the Passive slide planes icon to view the slides planes in each point along
the sheet pile wall at the left and right sides, used to calculate the passive earth
pressure coefficients, as given in the Fictive Earth Pressure Coefficients window
(section 5.2.1.1).
Deltares
131
132
Deltares
7 Feasibility
During the analysis of a sheet pile wall, after verifying the walls stability, it is also important to
perform a feasibility check. For this purpose, the use of the Feasibility module helps the user:
to evaluate the settlements due to vibratory installation and removal of sheet piles (section 7.1);
to evaluate the feasibility of a project by comparison with prior experiences. Two expe-
In order to check the feasibility of sheet pile driving, the NVAF (Nederlandse
Vereniging Aannemers Funderingstechnieken) NVAF lines has written a number
of instructions in a handbook (Harderwijk and NVAF/PSW, 2002) published in
2002. The Feasibility module supports part of this by means of the so-called NVAF
lines, representing the relation between the sheet piling length and the resisting
moment. These lines and the way to use them are presented in section 7.2.1.
At the same time, a project called GeoBrain Foundations (GeoBrain) was started
in 2002 at Deltares together with contractors and an engineering firm, which aims
to develop a prediction model for the feasibility of different types of geotechnical
engineering works. The details of hundreds of projects involving the driving of
sheet pilings were received for study. The Feasibility module gives access for
the user to those experiences, as explained in section 7.2.2, section 7.3 and section 7.4.
Note: When using the Feasibility module, the aim is not to judge the feasibility of the project
as input into D-S HEET P ILING but only to provide the user with experiences on practical feasibility. The user retains the final responsibility for the project.
7.1
Settlement by vibration
Settlements due to vibratory installation and removal of sheet piles are mainly caused by
densification of the sand and by installation or removal of a sheet pile volume. The model
implemented in D-S HEET P ILING is based on the model developed by Meijers (Meijers and Tol,
Juli 2010) (Meijers, december 2007). This model calculates the densification and excess pore
pressures during the installation and removal of the sheet pile. For background information,
refer to chapter 38.
The calculation of the settlement by vibration is started from the Feasibility menu by selecting
the option settlement by vibration (Figure 7.1).
133
The settlements are calculated for the active side/right side of the sheet pile and first (initial)
step. Ground level is the level next to the sheet pile wall.
Settlement results are shown in the Settlement by vibration Charts window, available from the
Results menu (section 6.6).
7.2
7.2.1
Figure 7.3:
textitE-Consult Sheet Pile Installation window, Show NVAF lines option
In the Experience lines NVAF option, different lines can be selected from a drop down menu,
as shown in Figure 7.4.
134
Deltares
Feasibility
A distinction is made between High Frequency (HF ) and Low Frequency (LF ) vibrations for
the sheet pile driving. For both vibration frequencies, general charts (ending with the number
5, 10, 15 or 20, for example HF 15) and charts for the most important cities of the Netherlands
(for example HF Rotterdam) are available. The final number of the general charts corresponds
to the average cone resistance of the soil in MPa. For example, <LF 10> means sheet pilings
driven using low frequency vibrations in a soil having an average cone resistance of 10 MPa.
In the graph Resisting moment vs. Sheet Pile length, the current sheet pile input is indicated
by a blue point section 4.2.1. According to Figure 7.3, it is an <AZ 13> sheet piling profile
with a resisting moment of 1300 cm3 /m and a length of 16 m. If this point lies below the
NVAF-lines, successful pile driving is guaranteed for the selected sheet piling profile. If the
point lies above the NVAF-lines (which is the case in Figure 7.3), damage could occur during
pile driving. In the latter case, the sheet piling properties need to be changed either by decreasing the sheet pile length, or by increasing the resisting moment. New calculations must
be performed with this new profile to verify the sheet piling stability.
For a detailed description on the use of the Feasibility module with NVAF experience lines,
see the Experience data tutorial example chapter 19 or (Harderwijk and NVAF/PSW, 2002).
7.2.2
Deltares
135
Figure 7.5: E-consult Sheet Pile Installation window, Show Experiences option
In the Region option, different regions from the Netherlands, Belgium and Germany can be
selected from a drop-down menu, as shown in Figure 7.6.
To get the most relevant information about each project, move the cursor over the project. To
view all of the information, click on the project and read the following information at the right
side of Feasibility Sheet Piling Installation window:
Projectnaam
Datum uitvoering
Straat en Plaats
Sondering
Type profiel
Enkele planken
Dubbele planken
Drieling planken
Lengte van planken
Gebruikt trilblok
Hoog/laag frequent
136
Deltares
Feasibility
Project resultaat
Goed = Good,
In Figure 7.5 it can be seen that the blue circle and black box denoting D-S HEET P ILING and
manual input respectively lie within the general area for which experience has been obtained.
This is an indication that the installation has a fairly common combination of sheet pile length
and resisting moment, although if there are a lot of Poor experiences near to an input this
could be an indication that the combination is likely to experience problems on installation.
7.3
CPT
Resisting
moment
Sheet piling
length
Water level to
surface
Deltares
Click this button to first modify the other data before performing a prediction. When clicking this button, the user is directed through the different items of a menu bar. If the user does not know the answer to a
question, default values are used (section 7.3.1).
Click this button to predict directly, without changing the default values
for other data. When clicking this button, the user is directly directed to
the Result menu (section 7.3.5) if all required information are correct.
If not, the user is directed through the different items of a menu bar
(section 7.3.1) to fill in the missing required information.
This button is available only if a CPT was previously imported in the
Soil Profiles window (section 4.3.4).
7.3.1
7.3.2
138
Deltares
Feasibility
Deltares
139
Question 1
Select Search for CPT to import a GEF-CPT file from the DINO
database (Data and Information of the Subsurface of The Netherlands). The search is made using a map. Refer to (DINO) for more
information on the DINO database.
Question 3
Question 4
Question 5
Question 6
7.3.3
140
Deltares
Feasibility
Question 7
Question 8
Question 9
Question 10
Question 11
Deltares
141
Question 12
Question 13
Question 14
7.3.4
Figure 7.11: GeoBrain Prediction window, Installation menu for the three methods of driving (Vibrate, Drive and Pressing)
Question 15
Question 16
Question 17
Question 18
142
Deltares
Feasibility
Question 19
7.3.5
7.3.6
Deltares
143
7.4
144
Deltares
Feasibility
Deltares
145
Figure 7.16: GeoBrain Experiences window, Type of similarity between the soil profile of
the GeoBrain database and the soil profile of the D-S HEET P ILING project
7.4.1
Page:
Click the Back button to return to the main search window (Figure 7.15).
Select a specific page by clicking on the appropriate page number. The
current page displayed is indicated by an arrow
number.
Profile
Project
Sheet pile
146
Deltares
Feasibility
Equipment
Result
Refine query
The drive method (Vibrate, Drive or Pressing) and the corresponding type of machine (Vibratory hammer, Pile hammer or Pressing machine).
The quality of the project result.
Refine the search by clicking the appropriate requirement, see below
for a detailed description.
Clicking on the name of the project, give access to more detailed information on the selected
project as shown in Figure 7.18. In the window displayed, all sort information on Situation,
Geotechnics, Sheet piling, Installation, Surroundings and Experiences are available by clicking the corresponding name on the menu bar at the top. Click on Back to return to the projects
list (Figure 7.17) and inspect other projects.
Figure 7.18: GeoBrain Experiences window, Detailed information on the selected project
Using the Refine query table at the right side of the window (Figure 7.17), it is possible to
refine the search by clicking the appropriate requirement displayed in green. In parenthesis is
the number of projects of the GeoBrain database that meet this requirement.
The available requirements concern the quality of the result, the project location, some sheet
pile installation settings and some undesirable occurrences as listed below:
Result
Area
Length
Drive method
Vibratory hammer,
centrifugal force
Pile hammer, blow
energy
Pressing machine,
pressure force
Sheet pile combination
Undesirable
occurrences
Deltares
(b)
7.4.2
148
Deltares
Feasibility
Figure 7.20: GeoBrain Experiences window, Search on Sheet Piling GeoBrain Experiences window, Search on CPT
CPT similarity
The name of the CPT file providing the soil profile of the project. Three
options are available to get a CPT file:
Select Upload CPT to import a GEF-CPT file by clicking the Browse
button;
Select Search for CPT to import a GEF-CPT file from the DINO
database (Data and Information of the Subsurface of The Netherlands).
The search is made using a map. Refer to (DINO) for more information
on the DINO database.
Select Default CPT to select a GEF-CPT file from a drop-down list
containing default CPT for the main Dutch cities.
Select from the drop-down menu a type of similarity between the soil
profile of the GeoBrain database and the soil profile of the current
project.
Click this button to start the search. The GeoBrain Experiences window displays a list of projects arranged alphabetically, with the same
features as a Search on Sheet Piling. So refer to (section 7.3) for a
detailed description.
Deltares
149
Figure 7.21: GeoBrain Experiences window, Search on Location View the total per area
Click this button to display a map view including cities, street and
motorway names and representation.
Click this button to display a satellite view.
Click this button to display a combination of the Map and Satellite
views.
Zoom in:
Click this button to enlarge the map.
Zoom out:
Click this button to reduce the map.
Pan:
Click this button to move the map by dragging the mouse.
150
Deltares
Feasibility
Click this button to return to the main search window (Figure 7.15).
Zooming out (Figure 7.21) will display the results as pie (i.e. total experiences per area)
whereas zooming in (Figure 7.22) will display the results as separate points (i.e. individual
experiences).
In case of results display as pie, click on the pie (Figure 7.23, left) to get the name of the
corresponding province and the number of projects. Click on the Click here link to display
a detailed list of those projects. Refer to section 4.5 for a detailed description of the resulting
list.In case of results display as individual points, drag the hand cursor on a point (Figure 7.23,
left) to get the name of the corresponding experience and click on the point to display more
details on this experience. Refer to section 4.5 for a detailed description of the resulting list.
Deltares
151
152
Deltares
To learn the steps needed to enter the project geometry and properties.
To calculate and display the bending moments, shear forces and deflection of the wall,
as well as stresses in the soil, using earth pressure coefficients (Ka , K0 , Kp ).
For this tutorial the following module is needed:
8.1
-4.0
-6.00
PEAT
CLAY
CLAY
AZ 13
-13.0
SAND
-16.0
Deltares
153
8.2
[kN/m ]
[kN/m3 ]
[kN/m2 ]
[deg]
[deg]
[-]
[-]
[kN/m3 ]
Clay
15
16
10
17
11
1
1
Fine
2000
Peat
10
11
2
20
0
1
1
Fine
800
Sand
17
19
0
35
27
1
1
Fine
10000
Project
In the Project menu, the project model and project properties are described.
8.2.1
Model
To create a new project, follow the steps described below:
1. Start D-S HEET P ILING from the Windows task bar (Start/Programs/Deltares Systems/DSheetPiling).
2. If the D-S HEET P ILING installation is based on floating licenses then the Module window
may appear at this point. If this is the case then ensure that the modules mentioned in the
introduction of each tutorial have been selected. Click OK to close the window.
3. Click File and choose New on the D-S HEET P ILING menu bar to start a new project. This
will result in a screen similar to Figure 8.2.
154
Deltares
7. Deselect the option Check vertical balance as a vertical balance check is not part of this
exercise.
8. Deselect the option Verification (EC7/CUR) as a CUR or EuroCode design check is not
part of this exercise.
9. Click OK and proceed to the definition of the sheet piling.
10. A message may appear stating that for all stages the method used is set to Ka , K0 , Kp .
Click Yes to continue.
See Project Model (section 4.1.1) for a detailed description of this window.
8.2.2
Project Properties
To give the project a meaningful description, follow the steps described below:
11. On the menu bar, click Project and then choose Properties to open the Project Properties
window Figure 8.4.
12. Fill in <Tutorial 1 for D-S HEET P ILING > and <Excavation using Ka, Ko and Kp> for Title
1 and Title 2 respectively in the Identification tab. The settings of the other tabs of the
Project Properties window are set to their default values.
Deltares
155
See Project Properties window (section 4.1.3) for a detailed description of this window.
8.3
Construction
This menu deals with the input of the retaining structure. In this example the sheet piling data
needs to be specified.
To enter the sheet piling data:
13. Click Construction on the menu bar and choose Sheet Piling or click on the Sheet piling
on the icon bar.
button
14. In the input window displayed (Figure 8.6), enter the top and toe level of the sheet piling. In
this case, the top level (Sheet piling top level) is at 0.0 m and the bottom (Section bottom
level) at -16 m.
15. The bending stiffness can be entered manually, or imported from the library that is integrated in D-S HEET P ILING. To use the library, click the . . . button.
16. In the Sheet Piling Profiles Library window (Figure 8.5), select Arcelor profile <AZ 13>
and in the Select maximum moment sub-window, select <S240> which means steel with
a yield stress of 240 N/mm2 . This will give a sheet piling with a bending stiffness of
41370 kNm2 /m and a maximum allowable moment in elastic behavior of 312 kNm/m.
156
Deltares
17. Use the Select button to return to the Sheet Piling menu. The sheet properties of the
selected sheet pile type will be displayed in the window.
18. Click OK to close the Sheet Piling window. The next stage is to define the ground surface
positions.
Note: The default acting width is 1.0 m. This allows for easy interpretation of output results
as the acting width is a multiplication factor for the sheet piling stiffness and all loads, supports
and reaction forces except the normal forces. Normal forces are always inputted per acting
width of the construction. For more information on normal forces, see section 4.4.5. The
acting width needs only be changed in the case of a combined wall consisting of sections with
different acting widths. For more detail, please refer to section 4.2.1.
See section 4.2 for a detailed description of the Construction menu.
Deltares
157
Soil
In the menu item Soil the soil surfaces, properties and soil profile can be specified. Water
levels, pore pressures additional to those caused by the water level, and water properties are
also defined here.
8.4.1
Surfaces
After defining the sheet piling, the ground surfaces must be defined. In D-S HEET P ILING, this
is done by first specifying different surface levels and then specifying which surface levels are
active on the left and right hand side of the excavation.
In this project, two horizontal surfaces need to be defined. The ground level surface (named
<GL>) at 0 m, and the surface for the excavation level at -7 m. After defining these surfaces,
the <GL> surface needs to be active on the right hand side and the <GL-7> excavation level
on the left hand side.
Define surfaces
Choose Soil and then Surfaces to display an input window in which the following should be
done:
19. Rename the first surface <GL>. Enter <0.00> m for the vertical Level. As the surface is
horizontal, the distance parameter may be ignored.
20. Click Add to add a surface with the name <GL-7> and enter <-7.00> m for its vertical
level, as indicated in Figure 8.7.
158
Deltares
Notice that on activating the surfaces, the Input Diagram changes to the actual situation. The
Input Diagram now indicates the excavation level, as shown in Figure 8.9.
See Surfaces (section 4.3.1) for a detailed description of the Surfaces window.
Figure 8.9: Input Diagram with excavation level applied on the left hand side
Deltares
159
Soil Materials
The properties of each soil layer need to be defined before the location of the layer itself is
specified. Input of the soil profile is described in the next section.
For D-S HEET P ILING, material properties are divided into three groups:
General properties
Earth pressure coefficients
Modulus of subgrade reaction
General properties
24. To enter the layer properties, click Soil and then choose Materials on the menu bar to
display the input window shown in Figure 8.10.
160
Deltares
Note: Input of the internal friction angle is not required when the earth pressure coefficients
are entered manually. Input of cohesion is always required, see section 28.1 for more detail.
27. Select Mller-Breslau (straight slip surfaces) to automatically generate earth pressure coefficients according to the Mller-Breslau method.Selecting either Mller-Breslau or Ktter
enables input of the Friction angle phi, the Delta friction angle, the Overconsolidation ratio
and the Grain type.
28. Enter <17> for Friction angle phi and <11> for Delta friction angle, as indicated in Figure 8.12.
29. Leave the Shell factor, the Overconsolidation ratio (OCR) and the Grain type to their default
values.
Note: The Mller-Breslau method of determining earth pressure coefficients is based upon
straight slip surfaces. This method has limitations, as described in the NEN 6740, art. 12.4.2
(NEN, 2006a) and CUR 166 (CUR, 2005). Generally the Mller-Breslau method is used when
the soils friction angle is equal or less than 30 . The Ktter method is generally used for
larger friction angles. For more information see section 27.2.2 and section 27.2.3. The method
selected also has an impact on the way the delta friction angle is determined. Suggestions for
correlations between the friction angle and the delta friction angle can be found in Table 28.1.
Deltares
161
33. Select <1> in the Number of curves for spring characteristics box. When entering the
moduli of subgrade reaction manually, the user defines the number of curves for spring
characteristics, which is the number of branches (with a different inclination) that will be
used in the multi-linear relationship between horizontal soil stress and displacement. This
number can vary from 1 to 4. In this simple example, only one branch is used.
34. Click OK to close the Curve Settings window.
35. Enter the values of the Modulus of subgrade reaction for the only branch selected (Figure 8.14). According to Table 8.1 in the case description, this value is k1 = 2000 kN/m3
(virgin loading) for both the top and the bottom of the layer.
Figure 8.14: Soil Materials window, Modulus of subgrade reaction Tangent (D-Sheet Piling Classic)
36. Repeat this process for the two other soil materials by adding two additional materials,
<Peat> and <Sand>, and entering the soil properties from Table 8.1in the same way as
for the clay layer (Figure 8.15). Please note that for sake of simplicity, the properties of the
second clay layer are identical to the properties of the first layer. In this case the properties
only need to be entered once. Note that for friction angles larger than 30 degrees it is
162
Deltares
37. Click OK to confirm the input data for the layer properties.
See section 4.3.2 for a detailed description of this window. The next stage is to enter the
profile of layer positions.
8.4.3
Soil Profiles
Once the layer properties have been entered, one or more soil profiles can be specified.
To do this, the top level of each layer is input, and one of the previously defined soils is
selected. It is also possible to specify an additional pore pressure distribution. In this exercise
no additional pore pressures are considered. Pore pressures resulting from the groundwater
level are entered as water levels, as described in the next section.
Enter the soil profile by following these steps:
38. Click Soil and then choose Profiles.
39. Define the positions of each layer by specifying the layer top, as indicated in Figure 8.16.
40. Leave the additional pore pressures at their default values (0.00), as only hydrostatic pore
pressures act in this example.
Deltares
163
Figure 8.17: Input Diagram window confirming the entered soil profile
Note: The bottom level of the layer is not entered: D-S HEET P ILING assumes the lowest layer
to extend to the bottom of the sheet piling.
164
Deltares
Water Levels
By default D-S HEET P ILING assumes the water level to be at 0.0 m. In this example the water
level is located at -2.0 m on both sides of the wall (a submerged excavation).
Follow these steps to enter the groundwater level:
41. Click Soil and then choose Water Levels.
42. Click on the default name New Water level and change it to <WL=GL-2>.
43. Specify the level at <-2.00 m> and close the window by clicking on the OK button.
Deltares
165
Water Properties
The unit weight of water can be changed in the Water Properties window. The default value is
9.81 kN/m3 . For this tutorial example the default value is used. See section 4.3.6 for additional
information.
8.5
8.6
Stages
The excavation of the soil on the right hand side of the sheet pile wall is the only stage
considered in this tutorial, so no further input is required.
8.7
8.7.1
Calculation
Calculation Options
44. Click Calculation and then choose Options to open the Calculation Options window. The
First stage represents initial solution option is only required when a sheet pile wall is added
in a situation where the initial soil surface bears a surcharge or is not horizontal. Therefore
this box need not be selected. For more details please refer to section 5.1.
45. Accept the default Coarse as this model does not contain any loads or slopes close to the
sheet piling (see the Note below).
46. Click OK to close this window.
Note: In D-S HEET P ILING the earth pressure coefficients are calculated at certain nodes along
the wall. The Coarse method only calculates the values of the earth pressure coefficients at
major nodes. The Fine method calculates the values at the minor nodes as well (five times
more). Therefore, calculation with the Fine method takes significantly longer. It should be
noted that the results may differ slightly according to the method employed. These differences
occur mostly at slopes or loads close to the sheet piling. In these cases the Fine method is
recommended, in other cases faster calculations can be made with the Coarse method. For
more information, see section 5.2.1.
166
Deltares
Start Calculation
Now that all input has been entered, the calculation can be executed.
47. To start calculation, select Calculation from the menu and then choose Start or press the
function key F9.
Figure 8.21: Start Calculation window, Standard tab to perform a standard calculation
48. In the Standard tab displayed (Figure 8.21), click Start to calculate the results. D-S HEET P ILING
opens the Save As window if the project has not already been saved to disk.
49. Specify a project name, <Tutorial-1> for example (this name will be referred to in other
tutorial examples). During the analysis, a Calculation Progress window appears (Figure 8.22).
50. Click Close once the analysis has been completed. The results can now be displayed
using the Result menu.
See section 5.2.1 for additional information.
8.8
Results
Deltares
167
Moment/Force/Displacement Charts
51. To view the resulting moments, forces and displacements in graphical form click Results
and then choose Moment/Force/Displacement Charts. This will produce the following
graphical output (Figure 8.23).
As expected, the maximum displacement is at the top of the sheet pile wall. Shear forces
and moments are nil at the top and the bottom of the sheet piling as the displacement is not
constrained here. The magnitude of the maximum moment in the sheet pile wall is around
160 kNm, which is less than this sections maximum moment for elastic behavior, so the wall
will not fail in bending. The sections maximum moment for elastic behavior for AZ 13 profile is
312 kNm as shown under Mmax;el (for the yield strength) in the Sheet Piling Profiles Library
window (Figure 8.5).
Note: When the magnitude of the moment is more than the maximum allowable moment for
elastic behavior, the moment chart is represented in red line, which is not the case for this
tutorial (see Tutorial 3, section 10.6.1 for an example).
Note: The chart data can be viewed and then copied by clicking the right-hand mouse button
in the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window and select View Data. The table of data is
then displayed as shown in Figure 8.24.
168
Deltares
8.8.2
Stress Charts
52. To view the graphical results of the water pressure, resulting stress in the sheet piling and
effective stress in the soil, click Results and then choose Stress State Charts. This will
produce the following graphical output (Figure 8.25).
The discontinuities in the effective stress distribution coincide with the junction of two layers,
as the properties of each layer are different.
Deltares
169
Stress Diagrams
53. To view the effective stress distribution displayed on top of an image of the construction,
click Results and then choose Stress Diagrams. This will produce the following graphical
output (Figure 8.26).
This effective stress distribution is the same as the third chart of Figure 8.25, but it is displayed
on top of the Input Diagram. To view the water pressure and resulting stress click on the Mode
icons to the left of the diagram. Maximum values are displayed at the bottom of the window.
More results and information are available in a report. How to choose and view the content of
a report is described in the next tutorial (chapter 9).
8.9
Conclusion
Various input windows are used to enter the details of a project that is to be modeled and
analyzed. Once these details have been input, they can be used to calculate a range of
results, including bending moments, shear forces and displacement in the sheet pile wall and
the effective soil stresses. One way to view these results is to display them graphically on the
screen.
170
Deltares
9.1
2.0
GL=0.0
-1.5
-2.0
-7.0
AZ 13
-16.0
Deltares
171
9.2
172
Deltares
9.3
9.3.1
12. Click the Import from file button. In the Open window displays, select the CPT-GEF file
named <Tutorial-2 CPT 01.gef> from the Project/Tutorials directory where the program
was installed (Figure 9.5).
Deltares
173
The CPTip window opens (Figure 9.6) where the CPT results (cone resistance, friction and
friction ratio) are displayed. At the right of the window, D-S HEET P ILING automatically interprets
the imported CPT into a soil profile, based on the interpretation rule that is selected by the
user in the Rule selection box.
13. Select <NEN (Stress Dependent)> as CPT interpretation Rule and leave the Minimum
layer thickness to its default value <0.50 m>.
14. Click OK to go back to the Soil Profiles window (Figure 9.7) which now contains a new
profile named CPT 01 corresponding to the CPT.
174
Deltares
Figure 9.7: Soil Profiles window after importation of the CPT 01 file
15. Select the previously manually added profile named <New Profile> and click the Delete
button to delete it as it is not used anymore.
16. Click OK to see the effect in the Input Diagram window.
17. Use the Zoom buttons in the Edit panel to enlarge the limits of the diagram and see the
different layers of the new soil profile imported from CPT (Figure 9.8).
Figure 9.8: Input Diagram window with new soil profile from CPT
Deltares
175
Soil Materials
When a soil profile is determined from a CPT interpretation, the soil names and properties of
the created soil materials are automatically filled in the Soil Materials window using Table 1
of NEN 6740 for the general parameters and using an extrapolation of Table 3.3 of CUR 166
for the secant moduli of subgrade reaction (section 29.3). However, the Secant modulus of
subgrade reaction in the Soil Materials window must be selected to use those extrapolated
values.
18. Open the Soil Materials window from the Soil menu and note that below the previously inputted soil materials (Clay, Peat and Sand), 11 new soil materials have been automatically
created and their general parameters filled in (Figure 9.9).
Figure 9.9: Soil Materials window using the c, phi, delta model
Note: When using the c, phi, delta model, the earth pressure coefficients are implicitly calculated by D-S HEET P ILING using Culmanns method. Therefore the sub-window Earth pressure
coefficients of the Soil Materials window disappears (compared to the previous tutorial) as
can be seen in Figure 9.9.
The three secant moduli of subgrade reaction are also automatically filled for those 11 materials; however the current modulus is the Tangent modulus with only one slope. Therefore, the
Secant option first needs to be activated.
19. Delete the Clay, Peat and Sand materials by selecting them and clicking the Delete button,
as they are not used anymore.
20. Click the Curve Settings button.
21. In the Curve Settings window, select the Secant option (Figure 4.25).
176
Deltares
22. Click OK to see the effect in the Soil Materials window (Figure 9.11).
23. Click OK to close the window.
Figure 9.11: Soil Materials window with Secant moduli of subgrade reaction
Note: The Secant definition is based on the stress-displacement diagram according to CUR
166. This diagram always uses three branches, with intersections at 50, 80 and 100% of
Ka Kp . The slope of the different branches is defined indirectly, via the three secant moduli
at the intersection points.
Deltares
177
Non-horizontal surface
Change the current input by modifying the geometry of the surface linked to the right hand
side of the sheet pile wall, following these steps:
24. Choose Soil and Surfaces to display an input window in which the surface on the right
hand side of the sheet pile wall can be changed.
25. Select the first surface, named <GL>.
26. Fill in the values that are listed in the table of Figure 9.12 below.
27. Click OK to see the result of this change to the form of the surface named <GL> in the
Input Diagram window (Figure 9.13).
178
Deltares
Figure 9.14: Sheet Piling window showing additional parameters for the vertical balance
check
Deltares
179
Calculation
The forces, moments and displacements for this project will need to be recalculated as the
input has been changed.
31. Select Calculation from the menu bar and then choose Start or press the function key F9.
32. Click Start to start the calculation. Earth pressure coefficient recalculation is left as Automatic since manual modification is only required in exceptional situations where the user
wishes to specify earth pressure coefficients individually (section 37.1.2).
33. The Calculation Progress window indicates that the Calculation is finished but there are
errors or warnings (see summary in report) (Figure 9.16). Those warnings are detailed in
the Report window, see section 9.7.3.
9.7
Results
180
Deltares
Moment/Force/Displacement Charts
35. To view the results of this calculation click on Moment/Force/Displacement Charts in the
Results menu.
It can be seen that part of the moment chart (red line) exceeds the maximum allowable moment (dotted green line) of 312 kNm. That means the selected sheet piling section must be
changed to avoid failing in bending. By selecting an AZ 19 profile, the maximum moment for
elastic behavior is raised to 466 kNm.
36. In the Sheet Piling window, click the . . . button to open the Sheet Piling Profiles Library
window.
37. In the Sheet Piling Profiles Library window, select Arcelor profile <AZ 19> and in the
Select maximum moment sub-window.
38. Use the Select button to return to the Sheet Piling menu.
39. Click OK to confirm.
40. Perform a new calculation and check that the magnitude of the maximum calculated moment (449.2 kNm) is now less than the maximum allowable moment (Figure 9.18).
Deltares
181
These results can also be found in the report, so long as the appropriate content has been
selected in the Report Selection window.
9.7.2
Report Selection
This window allows selection of the report content for viewing, exporting and printing, by
marking the check-boxes in the tree view (Figure 9.19).
41. Click Results and then Report Selection to open the Report Selection window.
42. Click on the Select All button at the bottom of the window to get a detailed report.
43. Click OK to generate a report with the selected content.
182
Deltares
Report
The total report contains full details of the input, a results overview, and graphical and tabular
results.
44. To view the report with the selected content, click Results on the menu bar and select
Report. Results can be found by looking in this report, or they can be displayed visually,
as described in section 8.8.
45. In the Summary section of the Report, the warning message given in the Calculation
Progress is explained (Figure 9.20): there is a large difference between the friction angles
of the different layer of the profile.
46. Click File and choose Print Preview Report to preview the report as it will be printed. In
the Print Preview window, click File and choose Save As to export the report to Rich Text
Format (RTF) files. Files of this type can be used for further editing with a text editor.
To check if the vertical force balance criteria have been met, ensure the Vertical force balance
option has been selected in the tree view of the Report Selection window, opened from the
Results menu. Then display the report by clicking on Results and then Report. Results are
given for unplugged and plugged cases in the latter the soil in the concave parts of the sheet
piling cross-section is considered as contributing to the cross-sectional area of the base of the
sheet pile. Therefore looking at the results of the unplugged case is more conservative. It can
be seen (Figure 9.21) that the sum of the vertical forces (9.58 kN unplugged and 7.09 kN
plugged) is much less than the vertical force capacity of the soil at the toe of the sheet pile
wall (59.51 kN unplugged and 1382.57 kN plugged). The report writes explicitly that the
Resultant goes up which means that the vertical toe capacity is sufficient.
Deltares
183
Figure 9.21: Report window showing vertical force balance check results
Note: If the vertical force capacity is not sufficient then modifications to the soil friction
direction can be made, as described in chapter 32.
9.8
Conclusion
This tutorial shows that the c, phi, delta method is generally preferable because it includes
the influence of soil weight and gives a more detailed representation of the soil strength. This
tutorial has also shown how to input the necessary parameters for, and access the results of,
a vertical force balance check.
184
Deltares
To analyze the construction of a sheet pile wall using more than one stage and to check
that the sheet piling is stable in all phases of construction.
To apply an anchor.
To lower the water level on one side of the sheet pile wall.
For this example, the following module is needed:
10.1
2.0
CLAY
-4.0
-6.0
PEAT
CLAY
AZ 13
-13.0
SAND
-16.0
Figure 10.1: Final situation after excavation, installation of an anchor and lowering of the
water level (tutorial 3)
Deltares
185
Stage 1 (Initial stage), the soil surfaces on the left and the right hand sides of the sheet
pile wall are at -2 m and 0 m respectively, and the water level is at -2 m.
Stage 2 (Apply anchor), a row of anchors is installed with one anchor every 3 m, on the
right hand side at -1.5 m. The properties of the anchors are laid out in Table 10.1, along
with their conversion to values per running meter.
Stage 3 (Excavate and lower water table), the soil on the left hand side is excavated to
-7 m and the water level on that side is also lowered to -7 m.
pre-stress 80 kN/m'
-2.0
stage 1
stage 2
-7.0
stage 3
10.2
Surfaces
To model the staged excavation, one more surface level needs to be input for the left side of
the sheet pile wall.
1. First, open the input file that was saved earlier under the name <Tutorial-1.shi>, and save
it with the name <Tutorial-3>.
2. On the menu bar, click Project and then choose Properties to open the Project Properties
window.
3. Fill in <Tutorial 3 for D-Sheet Piling> and <Staged excavation with pre-stressed anchors>
for Title 1 and Title 2 respectively in the Identification tab.
4. Open the Surfaces window from the Soil menu.
5. Click the Insert button.
6. Change the name of this new surface into <GL-2> and enter the level as -2 m.
186
Deltares
10.3
Water Levels
The two water levels that will be used in the different stages should be entered:
7. Open the Water Levels window in the Soil menu.
8. Add another water level as indicated in Figure 10.4 below.
10.4
Anchors
The anchor that will be applied in the third stage needs to be entered.
9. Open the Anchors window from the Supports menu.
10. Specify the anchor parameters as given in the last column of Table 10.1. Anchor parameters should be entered per running meter.
11. Click OK to close the window.
Deltares
187
Property
Youngs modulus
Cross section
Wall height
Length
Angle
Design yield force
10.5
Staged Construction
Although all the additional data has now been entered, it has yet to be connected to any
construction stages. It is helpful to understand that D-S HEET P ILING uses building blocks
to compose the input of its calculations. First, all buildings blocks are defined in the input
dialogs. Then they are assembled to make the construction stages.
10.5.1
Stages Manager
After the new water levels, surfaces and anchors have been defined, the construction stages
can be specified.
12. Click Stages on the menu bar and choose Manager.
13. In the input window displayed, rename <New Stage> as <Excavation -2m>.
14. Add two more stages by using the Add button and name them <Apply anchor> and
<Excavation and lowering WL -7m>.
188
Deltares
When adding or inserting a construction stage, a copy is made of the current stage. This
implies that three equal stages are now present.
10.5.2
Stages Overview
The construction stages need to be assembled from the defined building blocks.
on
15. Click the Overview option in the Stages menu or click on the Stage overview button
the icon bar. The window displayed enables assembly of the construction stages from the
building blocks that have been defined.
16. Select the Water levels and Surfaces as shown in Figure 10.7.
17. Select the anchor in the last two stages.
18. Enter a pre-stress force of 80 kN/m after selecting the <Anchor> in the Pre-tensioning
forces sub-window.
Note: Anchors should normally be applied as a separate stage. When anchors are combined
with other loads, such as a change in excavation level, or change in water level the stiffness
is active prior to applying the loads.
Note: Anchor pre-stress forces need only be entered for the first stage that they are applied.
For the first stage where an anchor is added, the anchor is modeled as a force applied to the
wall, with no associated stiffness. For subsequent stages D-S HEET P ILING models the anchor
as a spring.
Note: The excavation and the lowering of the water table are implemented by changing the
water level and the surface, not by changing the soil profile.
Deltares
189
10.6
10.6.1
Moment/Force/Displacement Charts
21. Inspect the moments, forces and displacements by opening the output window in the Result menu. To view a different stage either use the drop down list at the top of the window
or use the Previous stage and Next stage arrows,
, to move forward and backward
through the stages.
For example, in the second stage the applied anchor pre-stress force can be seen to be 80 kN
as expected, as indicated in Figure 10.8. In the final stage it can be seen that the anchor force
has risen to about 147 kN, as indicated in Figure 10.9.
190
Deltares
Moreover, in the final stage, part of the moment chart (red line) exceeds the maximum allowable moment (dotted green line) of 312 kNm, as shown in Figure 10.9. That means the
selected sheet piling section must be changed to avoid failing in bending. By selecting an
AZ 13 profile with a yield stress of 270 N/mm2 (section S270) instead of 240 N/mm2 (current
S240 section), the maximum moment for elastic behavior is raised to 351 kNm.
22. In the Sheet Piling window, click the
button to open the Sheet Piling Profiles Library
window.
23. In the Select maximum moment sub-window, select <S270> which means steel with a
yield stress of 270 N/mm2 This will give a maximum allowable moment in elastic behavior
of 351 kNm/m.
24. Perform a new calculation and check that the magnitude of the maximum moment (346.0 kNm)
Deltares
191
Figure 10.10: Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window for the third stage with a new
sheet piling profile
Note: Changing the maximum moment section of the sheet piling has any effect on the
calculated bending moments as the stiffness is unchanged. Only the maximum allowable
moment (dotted green lines) will be shifted making the calculated moment acceptable.
10.6.2
Report
25. The Summary section of the Report window (Figure 10.11) shows that the anchor is elastic
in both stages.
192
Deltares
Conclusion
This third tutorial example analyzes the construction of a sheet pile wall using more than one
stage and checks that the wall is stable in all phases of construction. It also shows how to
apply a pre-stressed anchor and lower the water level on one side of the wall. However, in
the final stage, the maximum moment exceeded the maximum moment for elastic behavior.
Therefore, the sheet piling section has been changed to avoid failure in bending.
Deltares
193
194
Deltares
To learn how loads, such as surcharges and horizontal line loads, are modeled in
D-S HEET P ILING;
To note that when a surcharge load is applied, only the c, phi, delta method can be
used.
For this example, the following modules are needed:
11.1
2.0
CLAY
-4.0
-6.0
PEAT
CLAY
AZ 13
-13.0
SAND
-16.0
Figure 11.1: Surcharge load and horizontal line load in the last stage (tutorial 4)
Deltares
195
11.2
Inputting Loads
In stage 4, a surcharge load will be applied, together with a horizontal line load applied to the
top the sheet pile wall and directed to the left.
11.2.1
Surcharge Loads
Surcharge loads can only be analyzed if the c, phi, delta model is used.
4. In the Project menu select Model and select c, phi, delta soil parameters.
To input the surcharge, modeling the traffic load:
5. Click Loads in the menu bar and then choose Surcharge Loads.
6. In the input window displayed, define a load with the name <Traffic load>, working from
a distance <0 m> to a distance <2 m> from the sheet pile wall, with a magnitude of
<20 kN/m2 >.
7. Click OK to confirm the input.
Note: Surcharge loads which have the same value throughout and continue to a very long
distance from the wall can be modeled using the Uniform Loads option. See section 4.4.1 for
more information.
11.2.2
Deltares
11.3
Figure 11.4: Stages Overview window showing input for the fourth stage
14. Click OK to see the representation of the traffic load and the mooring force in the fourth
stage of the Input Diagram window (Figure 11.5).
Deltares
197
11.4
Results
18. Open the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window from the Results menu for a graphical overview of the effect of applying the loads in the final stage.
It can be seen that the displacement at the top is around zero, while the maximum displacements are around 100 mm, the magnitude of the bending moments is slightly reduced, the
shear force has increased and the anchor force is now around 190 kN/m.
198
Deltares
Figure 11.6: Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window showing the effect the applied
loads
11.5
Conclusion
This tutorial shows how to input a surcharge load and a horizontal line load. When a surcharge
load is applied, only the c, phi, delta - model (Culmann) can be used.
Deltares
199
200
Deltares
To use D-S HEET P ILING to find the shortest sheet piling length for which the design is still
stable.
For this example, the following module is needed:
12.1
-4.0
-6.00
PEAT
CLAY
CLAY
AZ 13
-13.0
SAND
-16.0
Deltares
201
Figure 12.2: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Pile Length tab
7. Click Start to start the calculation. The following results will be displayed:
Figure 12.3: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab, design calculation
results
202
Deltares
Note: D-S HEET P ILING defines instability as occurring when either 100% of the resistance has
been mobilized or when the maximum displacement exceeds 25% of the sheet piling length.
Deltares
203
12.3
Conclusion
D-S HEET P ILING can be used to analyze a range of sheet piling lengths to determine the shortest length for which the wall will still be stable. This length can then be input by the user if
desired.
204
Deltares
To model the effect of a concrete floor positioned below the natural water level.
For this example, the following modules are needed:
13.1
15.0
-4.0
-4.5
-6.0
TOP SAND
CLAY
-10.0
PU 6
CONCRETE
SAND
-11.0
-16.0
205
Stage 1
-11.0
Stage 2
Stage 3
-11.0
Stage 4
13.2
Deltares
Water pressure
Secondly, the effect of the tension piles underneath the floor, preventing the floor from uplift in
the final stage needs modeling. The difference in water level heights on each side of the wall
results in an up thrust acting on the base of the concrete floor. This up thrust is countered
by the pull of the floors tension piles. Note that the weight of the concrete is not taken into
account as it is assumed to be born by the piles and therefore will not act on the soil layers
directly below the concrete. In this example, the water level is at -4.5 m on the right hand side,
and at -11 m on the left hand side, i.e. touching the bottom of the impermeable concrete floor.
Therefore the magnitude of this load that needs to be applied is (11 - 4.5) 10 = 65 kN/m2 .
For background information on this topic, see section 37.3.
13.3
General input
The following steps permit the definition of the model, the sheet piling, the soil surfaces and
the water levels for this tutorial:
1. Create a new project by clicking New Project in the File menu.
2. On the menu bar, click Project and then choose Properties to open the Project Properties
window.
3. Fill in <Tutorial 6 for D-S HEET P ILING > and <Submerged construction of concrete floor>
for Title 1 and Title 2 respectively in the Identification tab.
4. Open the Model window from the Project menu.
5. Select Sheet piling as the Model and select Mixed since the c, phi, delta method allows
greater precision for the soil layer stiffness modeling, but the concrete is simplest to model
using Ka , K0 , Kp and therefore different methods will be applied to different materials.
6. Deselect the Check vertical balance and the Verification (EC7/CUR) options as they are
not used in this example.
7. Open the Sheet Piling window from the Construction menu or click on the Sheet piling
button
on the icon bar.
8. Select an Arcelor PU 8R sheet piling (click on the . . . button and select the <PU 8R>
Deltares
207
13.3.1
Soil Materials
The concrete is modeled as an extra soil layer. The Youngs modulus of the concrete is
E = 20 GPa and the width of the (symmetrical) pit excavation is b = 40 m. The modulus of
subgrade reaction of the concrete layer can be calculated from this data in the following way:
K=
20 106
E
=
= 1 106 kN/m3
b/2
40/2
(13.1)
The unit weight of the concrete is not zero, but it is modeled here as almost zero because it is
assumed that the floors weight is transmitted to the support piles and therefore does not act
on the soil directly below the floor. Phi and delta are modeled as zero to better represent the
homogeneous, as opposed to granular, nature of concrete when compared to soil. The value
for the cohesion is taken as half the compressive strength of the concrete, so that with Kp = 1
the passive stress is equal to the concretes compressive stress see Equation 28.2.
11. Open the Layers window from the Soil menu, and select Tangent modulus of subgrade
reaction, with 1 curve for spring characteristics in the window opened by clicking on the
Curve Settings button.
12. For concrete select Manual to input the Earth pressure coefficients. The behavior of concrete is well modeled using, use Ka = K0 = 0 and Kp = 1, provided the cohesion has been
defined as described above.
13. For the other soil materials select Ktter (curved slip surfaces) for automatic calculation of
the earth pressure coefficients using Ktters method (the Mller-Breslau method should
not be used because the sands have high friction angles; for the clay either method could
be used, using Ktter for all layers has been chosen for consistency). When using the
Culmann method, the input of the earth pressure coefficients will be ignored, but these
coefficients are needed for when the Ka , K0 , Kp method is selected, as will be the case for
the left hand side once the concrete is in place. Then define the sands, clay and concrete
208
Deltares
[kN/m ]
[kN/m3 ]
[kN/m2 ]
[deg]
[deg]
[-]
[-]
[kN/m3 ]
[kN/m3 ]
[-]
Top Sand
17
20
0
30
20
1
1
Fine
5000
5000
Ktter
Clay
15
15
2
20
10
1
1
Fine
500
800
Ktter
Sand
17
20
0
35
23
1
1
Fine
10000
10000
Ktter
Concrete
0.01
0.01
15000
0
0
1
1
Fine
1 106
1 106
Manual
13.3.2
Soil Profiles
In this exercise two soil profiles need to be specified. One profile that represents the situation
up to the point where the concrete floor in constructed. The second profile is used on the left
hand side, including the concrete floor and the water pressure acting on the concrete floor,
using additional pore pressures. The second profile needs to be active when the floor is being
constructed and the pit is pumped dry.
14. Open the Soil Profiles window from the Soils menu and define two soil profiles. Input the
soil profiles left and right as indicated in Figure 13.5 and Figure 13.6.
Deltares
209
Figure 13.6: Soil Profiles window, Soil profile with concrete on the left side and additional
pore pressures
13.3.3
Water Levels
15. Open the Water Levels window from the Soil menu
16. Define two water levels with names <WL-4.5> and <WL-11> at levels <-4.5> m and
<-11> m respectively. The level <WL-11> is the water level for the left hand side once
the excavation has been dewatered.
17. Click OK.
13.3.4
Water Properties
18. Open the Water Properties window from the Soil menu.
19. Enter a unit weight of <10 kN/m3 > to be in accordance with the previously calculated
additional pore pressures.
210
Deltares
Uniform Loads
21. In the Uniform Loads window of the Loads menu, add a load with the name <Forces from
piles> and with a magnitude of <65 kN/m2 > on the left hand side. The right hand side
should remain at <0 kN/m2 >.
22. Click OK to close the window.
Note: The sum of the weight of the concrete floor and the forces of the piles connected to
the floor equals the excess pore water pressure: there must be equilibrium at the base of the
floor.
13.3.6
Anchors
The anchor that will be applied in the third stage needs to be entered.
23. Open the Anchors window from the Supports menu.
24. Input a <15.0 m> long anchor on the <Right> side named <Anchor>, at level <-5.5 m>,
with a Youngs modulus of <2.1 108 kN/m2 >, a cross-section of <8 104 m2 /m>,
<0 m> wall height and <0> inclination angle, and a design yield force of <600 kN/m>.
Deltares
211
Stages implementation
The construction stages now have to be assembled from the defined building blocks.
26. Open the Stages Manager window from the Stages menu.
27. Define four stages with the names <Excavation to -6m>, <Anchor on right side>, <Excavate
to -11> and <Dewatering left side>.
28. Click the Overview option in the Stages menu or click on the Stage overview button
on
the icon bar.
29. For all stages the c, , method is selected except for stage 4, where the Ka , K0 , Kp method
is used on the side of the concrete i.e. on the left side.
30. Select the Water levels, Surfaces and Soil profiles as shown in Figure 13.10.
31. Select the anchor from stages 2. For stage 2, enter a pre-stress force of <200 kN/m2 >
after selecting pre-stressed anchor check-box in the Pre-tensioning forces sub-window.
32. Select the Uniform load <Forces from piles> for the final stage.
33. Click OK to see the effect in the last stage of the Input Diagram window (Figure 13.11).
212
Deltares
Figure 13.12: Stress State Charts window showing compression caused by the concrete
floor
the black line represents the resulting total stress acting on the sheet pile wall (i.e. the
difference between the horizontal total stress at the active and passive sides). The total
stress is the sum of the effective stress and the water pressure.
the red line represents the resulting effective stress acting on the sheet pile wall (i.e.
the difference between the horizontal effective stress at the active and passive sides).
37. Open the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window from the Results menu. The Bending Moment chart for stage 4 (Figure 13.13) shows that the maximum allowable moment
is not reached which means no failure by bending.
Deltares
213
13.6
Conclusion
Concrete floors that are below the natural water table can be modeled as a soil layer with
relevant properties. The effects caused by the absence of water above the impermeable floor
are modeled by a uniform load acting on the floor, and a water table with additional pore
pressures below the floor.
It should be noted that in this tutorial the anchor is applied under water, which is not very
realistic. It would me more appropriate to first lower the water table to a level that allows
for construction of the anchor. In that case, modeling the water pressures in the sand and
clay layers would need extra attention. As the short term behavior of the clay layer can be
assumed impermeable this needs similar attention as for the modeling of the concrete floor.
214
Deltares
To select the modulus of subgrade reaction from Table 3.3 of the CUR 166 design code.
To design the sheet piling length according to the CUR 166 design code by performing a
standard verification of the sheet piling stability for different lengths, using partial factors
and level variations for all stages.
For this example, the following modules are needed:
14.1
Deltares
215
Clay
Unsaturated total unit weight
[kN/m ]
15
Saturated total unit weight
[kN/m3 ]
16
2
(Drained) Cohesion
[kN/m ]
10
Friction angle
[deg]
17
Delta Friction angle
[deg]
11
Shell factor
[-]
1
Over-consolidation ratio (OCR)
[-]
1
Grain type
Fine
Secant moduli of subgrade reaction (from CUR 166 Table 3.3):
k1
[kN/m3 ]
4000
3
k2
[kN/m ]
2000
k3
[kN/m3 ]
800
3
Peat
10
11
2
20
0
1
1
Fine
Sand
17
19
0
35
27
1
1
Fine
2000
800
500
20000
10000
5000
The CUR 166 design procedure distinguishes three safety classes, corresponding to three
different reliability indices . In this tutorial, the selected safety class is class II, which corresponds to considerable damage in the case of overall failure and minor personal safety risks,
and has a reliability index = 3.4.
The design of the sheet pile wall with a single anchor is performed by determining the minimum length of the sheet piling using a stability analysis. For different lengths, D-S HEET P ILING
checks that the mobilized resistance does not reach 100% and that the maximum displace216
Deltares
14.2
Model
First modify the method for the determination of the earth pressure coefficients.
1. Open the input file <Tutorial-3.shi>, and save it with name <Tutorial-7a>.
2. On the menu bar, click Project and then choose Properties to open the Project Properties
window.
3. Fill in <Tutorial 7 for D-S HEET P ILING > and <Design code checking acc. CUR 166> for
Title 1 and Title 2 respectively in the Identification tab.
4. Open the Model window from the Project menu, and select the C, phi, delta soil parameters
model and the Verification (EC7/CUR) option.
5. Click OK to confirm this choice.
14.3
Soil Materials
Next, modify the general properties and the modulus of subgrade reaction of the three soil
materials by direct selection from CUR 166 table 3.3.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Deltares
217
14.4
Temporary surcharge
To input the temporary surcharge in stage 4:
11. Click Loads in the menu and choose Surcharge Loads.
12. Define a load with the name <Temporary load>, working from a distance <2 m> to a
distance <5 m> from the sheet pile wall, with a magnitude of <40 kN/m3 >.
13. In the Verification sub-window at the top right, define the load as <Variable> (which means
temporary) and <Unfavourable> as it is on the active side.
14. Click OK to confirm.
218
Deltares
Note: The Verification sub-window in the Surcharge Loads window is only available if the
Verification (EC7/CUR) option in the Model window was marked.
A last stage where the surcharge applies should now be created:
15. In the Stages Manager window add a new stage named <Apply load>.
16. Click OK.
17. Open the Stages Overview window and select <Temporary load> acting on the right side
for stage 4. Apply in stage 4 the same levels, supports and so on as in stage 3 as shown
in Figure 14.5.
18. Click OK.
Deltares
219
14.5
Sheet Piling
The sheet piling needs to be changed as the surcharge load previously defined will increase
the calculated moment along the sheet piling.
19. Open the Sheet Piling window from the Construction menu.
20. Select an Arcelor <AZ 17> profile from the library, with a <S430> section.
14.6
220
Deltares
The default values prescribed by CUR 166 (CUR, 2005) are written at the left of each input
area of the User Defined Partial Factors window. If modified, the value appears in red color.
14.7
Determine the minimum length (Steps 5 and 6 of the CUR 166 design procedure)
The following steps determine the minimum sheet pile length according to the CUR 166 design
procedure. All stages are checked implicitly for method A, with level variations and partial
factors applied for all stages.
Deltares
221
Figure 14.7: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
Select Start from the Calculation menu or press the function key F9.
In the Start Calculation window, select the Design Sheet Piling Length tab.
Select the CUR design code.
Select the last Construction stage <4: Apply load>, to check all stages up to and including
the final stage.
Select the Partial factor set (safety class) <Class II>.
Select Partial factors (design values) in all stages (method A).
Specify checks for the Pile Length ranging From <20 m> Down to <12 m> with a Decrement of <1 m>.
Click the Start button.
The results (Figure 14.8) show that for a length of 13 m the sheet piling becomes unstable as
the mobilized resistance reaches 100%. Therefore, the minimum length is 14 m.
Figure 14.8: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab: Results from 20 m
down to 12 m
222
Deltares
Figure 14.9: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab: Results from 14 m
down to 13 m
The results (Figure 14.9) show that the minimum stable length is 13.75 m. It seems acceptable
to reduce the sheet piling length from 16 m to 14 m, whilst still leaving a good safety margin.
See section 5.2.2 for more details on designing sheet piling lengths.
14.8
Verify the modified sheet piling length according to CUR 166 design
procedure, method A
The sheet piling design calculation just performed (section 14.7) does not provide a lot of
results about the moments, shear forces and displacements of the wall, or about which combination between steps 6.1 to 6.5 gives the most unfavorable results. It does not check all
combinations required according to CUR 166. To get all of this information, a Verify Sheet
Piling calculation must be performed for the modified length of 14 m.
33. Open the Sheet Piling window from the Construction menu.
34. Change the Section bottom level from <-16 m> to <-14 m>.
35. Click OK to confirm.
14.8.1
223
14.8.2
Verification Report
43. To view the results of the verification, choose Report in the Results menu.
224
Deltares
In the Summary section at the beginning of the Report, it can be seen that the results for step
6.3 are the same as those of Figure 14.9 for a sheet pile length of 14 m. (The Design Sheet
Piling Length option only checks for step 6.3 as it is intended as a rough guide rather than
a full verification.) In other words, the maximum moment is -704.90 kNm and the maximum
mobilized resistance is 87.5%. As the maximum displacement is given only for step 6.5 in the
Summary section, no direct comparison is possible with the value of -182.3 mm found from
Figure 14.9. The displacements diagram must be used.
14.8.3
Verification Charts
44. Open the Verification Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window from the Results menu.
In the window displayed (Figure 14.12), note that the maximum displacement occurs when
selecting the last construction stage and <Step 6.3> at the top of the window. The maximum
displacement is equal to -182.3 mm, the value obtained from the Design Sheet Piling Length
in Figure 14.9 for a sheet pile length of 14 m.Also note that the moment doesnt exceed the
maximum allowable moment (dotted green line) of 716 kNm.
Deltares
225
According to the default level variations for class II given in Figure 14.6, step 6.3 includes the
following geometry changes:
226
Deltares
Stability Verification
46. In the Report window, use the Move to next page
and Move to previous page
to see the Overall Stability results for stage 4 (Figure 14.14).
buttons,
The overall stability for the verified stage is estimated using the Bishop method with circular
slip planes. See chapter 31 for background information. As the stability factor is more than 1
for all stages, the wall will be stable according to the Bishop method.
Figure 14.14: Report window, Overall Stability for the final stage
Note: The Overall Stability can also be determined using the Overall Stability tab of the Start
Calculation window by selecting the appropriate safety class and stage.
The verification report also contains the modified values of the soil parameters and levels.
See section 6.2.2 and section 6.3.2 for more details on the verification report and charts.
14.9
Verify the modified sheet piling length according to CUR 166 design
procedure, method B
In the previous paragraph, a Method A design according to the CUR 166 procedure was
performed, which means that partial factors and level variations were applied to all stages.
To perform a Method B design, these partial factors need to be applied only to the most
unfavorable stage.
14.9.1
227
Figure 14.15: Start Calculation window, Verify Sheet Piling tab (Tutorial-7b)
See section 5.2.3 for more details on verify sheet piling calculations.
Note: Method B applies partial factors and level changes only to the final stage. Therefore,
theoretically, every stage must be verified as the final stage, using the appropriate safety
class. The stages to be verified as a final stage are selected in the Verify Sheet Piling tab of
the Start Calculation window. To perform a complete method B verification for a construction
with n stages involves n! calculations. For this tutorial it has been decided to only check the
final stage. Anything cant be concluded about the performance of the previous construction
stages. Refer to section 33.3.1 for more information about the differences between method A
and method B.
228
Deltares
Method A (Tutorial-7a)
Method B (Tutorial-7b)
14.9.2
Displac.
Moment
Shear force
[mm]
-125.8
-128.3
[kNm]
-702.0
-694.7
[kN]
-223.1
-222.2
Mob. perc.
moment
[%]
76.3
86.4
Mob. perc.
resis.
[%]
79.6
88.6
Verification Report
54. To view the results, select Report in the Results menu.
14.10
Deltares
229
Conclusion
The Design Sheet Piling Length option allows the minimum stable length for the sheet piling
to be found, using a global check according to CUR 166. After inputting this new length, a
complete verification can be performed with the Verify Sheet Piling option giving more final
results. CUR Method A (Tutorial-7a) applies the same partial factor set to all construction
stages whereas CUR Method B (Tutorial-7b). In this tutorial, the maximum allowable moment
for elastic behavior is reached; the sheet piling profile should therefore be changed to avoid
failure in bending.
230
Deltares
15.1
25.0
GL=0
-2.0
2.0
CLAY
-4.0
-6.0
PEAT
CLAY
AZ 13
-13.0
SAND
-16.0
1. Open the input file <Tutorial-3.shi>, and save it with a new name: <Tutorial-8>.
Deltares
231
232
Deltares
15.3
Conclusion
D-S HEET P ILING can calculate the allowable force in an anchor making it possible for the user
to compare this value to the actual force in the anchor. To increase the allowable anchor force
the sheet piling length can be increased, the anchor can be inclined, it can be made longer or
it can be applied lower down the wall.
Deltares
233
234
Deltares
To enter a combined pile and sheet piling wall using D-S HEET P ILINGs combined wall
wizard.
16.1
HZ775C-12+PU12
CLAY
-5.0
DEEP CLAY
-6.0
DEEP CLAY
SAND
SAND
HZ775C-12
-10.0
The center-to-center distance between the piles is 2.33 m. The King pile is an H-profile, by
Arbed, type HZ775C-12, has a diameter of 0.53 m, a wall thickness of 10 mm and a flexural
stiffness of 843759 kNm2 . The sheet piling between each pair of piles consist of three sheet
piling sections, type PU 12, each part having a width a 0.6 m and a flexural stiffness of
45360 kNm2 /m. The length of the piles is 10 m and the length of the sheet piling is 5 m.
Deltares
235
[kN/m ]
[kN/m3 ]
[kN/m2 ]
[deg]
[deg]
[-]
[-]
[kN/m3 ]
Clay
14
14
2
20
10
1
1
Fine
800
Deep Clay
14
14
5
20
10
2
1
Fine
1600
Sand
17
20
0
30
20
2.5
1
Fine
25000
Plan view
2,33m
sheet piling
(EI=45360 kNm2/m)
RL 0m
clay
RL -5m
clay/2
RL -6m
0,6m
5m
sand
RL -10m
0,53m
One section of the combined wall, consisting of one pile and three sheet-piling parts, will be
considered for calculation purposes. Output of discrete moments and forces is required for
this section. The calculation of the action width and the flexural stiffness per running meter
can be performed conveniently, by using the combined wall wizard (section 4.2.2).
The amount of soil that will react if pile displacement occurs is usually larger than the pile width
as a result of arching. Therefore the soil properties along the lower part of the combined wall
must be modified, using a shell factor s of 2 for clay and 2.5 for sand. These values are
obtained from tests or calculations. For more information, see section 37.1.2. A shell factor of
1 is applied for soils in contact with the sheet piling as the sheet piling prevents arching from
taking place.
236
Deltares
General input
1. Create a new project by clicking New Project in the File menu, and save it with the name
<Tutorial-9>.
2. On the menu bar, click Project and then choose Properties to open the Project Properties
window.
3. Fill in <Tutorial 9 for D-S HEET P ILING > and <Modeling of combi-walls> for Title 1 and Title
2 respectively in the Identification tab.
4. Open the Model window from the Project menu and select Ka, Ko, Kp soil parameters,
deselect the Check vertical balance and the Verification (EC7/CUR) options as they are
not used in this example.
16.3
Combined Wall
Now the combined wall shown in Figure 16.2 can be modeled.
5. Open the Sheet Piling window from the Construction menu or click on the Sheet piling
button
on the icon bar.
6. Click on the Combined Wall. . . button.
7. In the window displayed, select the appropriate pile and sheet pile types that will be used
in the wall by clicking the
button: for the Piles, select the <HZ775C-12> type with
section S240 and for the Sheet pile select the <PU 12> type. The Name and the Stiffness
EI are automatically filled in. Enter the Number of sheet piles between each pair of piles
as 3. For the other values, see Figure 16.3 below or refer to Figure 16.2.
237
16.4
Soil
The following steps permit the definition of the soil materials, surfaces, profiles and water
levels for this tutorial:
9. Open the Surfaces window from the Soil menu and define two surfaces with names <Left>
and <Right> with levels 0 m and -5 m respectively.
10. Open the Soil Materials window from the Soil menu, and define the soils using the parameters given in Table 16.1, using the Mller-Breslau (straight slip surfaces) method for an
automatic calculation of the Earth pressure coefficients by D-S HEET P ILING. Select Tangent
with <1> as the Number of curves for spring characteristics in the Curve Settings window
to allow input of the modulus of subgrade reaction as given in Table 16.1.
238
Deltares
16.5
Results
The calculation results can be found in the report.
15. Start the calculation by selecting Start in the Calculation menu and clicking OK. When the
calculation is complete close the Calculation Progress window.
16. In the Results menu, click Report.
In the Input Data section of the report, the input data can be found. The stiffness EI of the
upper and lower sections is given in kNm2 in the column Corrected stiffness EI. This value
corresponds to the stiffness per running meter calculated in section 16.3, multiplied by the
acting width:
239
The resulting moments and forces apply to one full section of the wall, consisting of one pile
and three sheet-piling parts. The maximum moment acting on the upper 5 m can be seen
by opening the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts from the Results menu and right clicking
over the moment graph to select the Chart Data. Scrolling down to a Depth of 5 m shows
that the maximum moment in this part is around 120 kNm at the level of -5 m. The maximum
moment acting on the lower 5 m is around 216 kNm. The pile therefore has to be able to resist
216 kNm. If the maximum is reached in the upper part, it is common practice to assume that
this maximum moment acts on the pile only. The dimensioning of the sheet piling is usually
based on the transmission of moments in the horizontal direction, and is therefore outside
the scope of this example. In this tutorial, the maximum allowable moment for the pile only is
2184 kNm (according to Figure 16.3). Therefore, this maximum is not reached.
240
Deltares
16.6
Conclusion
The combined wall wizard is a useful tool for inputting a combined wall: it converts the constituent parts into the correct D-S HEET P ILING model. Moduli of subgrade reaction need to be
modified for the soil materials where only the piles are present, to compensate for arching.
Deltares
241
242
Deltares
To calculate and input the additional pore pressure distribution in order to model the
total pore pressures caused by the water flow under the toe of the sheet piling.
To analyze the effect of these pressures on the sheet pile wall.
For this example, the following module is needed:
17.1
5.0m
GL=0
-1.0
-2.0
Strut 1
-7.0
CLAY
Strut 2
-9.0
-10.0
AZ 14
CLAY
-13.0
PEAT
SAND
-12.0
PEAT
-18.0
Figure 17.1: Pit excavation with water flow under the sheet pile wall (tutorial 10)
Deltares
243
17.2
[kN/m ]
[kN/m3 ]
[kN/m2 ]
[deg]
[deg]
[-]
[-]
[kN/m3 ]
[kN/m3 ]
[m/s]
Clay
14
14
5
17
11
1
1
Fine
Mller
800
1 200
108
Peat
11
11
2
20
0
1
1
Fine
Mller
500
500
109
Sand
17
20
0
32
21
1
1
Fine
Ktter
10 000
20 000
103
Wi = h w
di
1
Pd
i
ki
k
(17.1)
108
1
= 9 10 9
10
Wclay = 9 10
Wpeat
2
108
1
109
2
108
1
109
1
= 5.45 kN/m2
+ 1019 + 10118
1
= 27.27 kN/m2
+ 1019 + 10118
(17.2)
(17.3)
11
108
1
= 9 10 9
10
Wclay = 9 10
Wpeat
2
108
1
109
2
108
1
109
1
= 30 kN/m2
(17.4)
+ 1019 + 10118
1
= 27.27 kN/m2
+ 1019 + 10118
(17.5)
Note that the sum of the magnitudes of these additional pore pressures is 90 kN/m2 (ignoring
rounding errors) which is the same as the pressure difference between the levels of the two
phreatic surfaces. It can also be seen that the water pressure on both sides of the toe of the
sheet pile is the same: 8 10 + (5.45 + 27.27) = 17 10 - (30.00 + 27.27) = 112.7
244
Deltares
clay
Wpeat
-9.0
Wclay
-10.0
Wpeat
25.5
62.8
20.0
30.0
Wclay
62.8
80.0
peat
62.7
-13.0
120.0
sand
60.0
total
pressure
-12.0
110.0
hydrostatic
pressure
92.7
total
pressure
150.0
hydrostatic
pressure
Note: In general, this approximation method is sufficient. For cases with a major difference
in water pressure, or for very critical cases, a flow calculation should be performed using a
specialized program, such as Deltares Systems MSeep.
17.3
General input
The geometry of Figure 17.1 is inputted in D-S HEET P ILING.
1. Create a new file with the name <Tutorial-10>.
2. On the menu bar, click Project and then choose Properties to open the Project Properties
window.
3. Fill in <Tutorial 10 for D-S HEET P ILING > and <Non-hydrostatic pore pressure distribution>
for Title 1 and Title 2 respectively in the Identification tab.
17.3.1
Model
4. In the Model window, select the Ka, Ko, Kp soil parameters model.
5. Deselect the Check vertical balance and the Verification (EC7/CUR) options as they are
not used in this tutorial.
17.3.2
Sheet Piling
6. In the Sheet Piling window, define a sheet pile with a stiffness of 44730 kNm2 /m by choosing an <AZ 14> profile from <Arcelor> with a <S320> section in the Sheet Piling Profiles
Library window.
7. Enter its top and bottom positions according to Figure 17.1.
Deltares
245
Soil Surfaces
8. In the Surfaces window, define two surfaces with names <Left> and <Right> respectively
at level <-9 m> and <0 m>.
17.3.4
Soil Materials
9. In the Soil Materials window, define the three materials as shown in Table 17.1.
17.3.5
Soil Profiles
10. In the Soil Profiles window, enter the additional pore water pressures distribution as shown
in Figure 17.2 and calculated in section 17.2. The <Clay> layer is separated at the water
table level into two layers (as shown in Figure 17.3 for the left side and Figure 17.4 for
the soil profile on the right side). D-S HEET P ILING will assume a linear distribution between
these values.
Figure 17.3: Soil Profiles window with additional pore pressures on left side
Figure 17.4: Soil Profiles window with additional pore pressures on right side
246
Deltares
Water Levels
11. In the Water Levels window, define two water levels with names <WL-1> and <WL-10>
respectively at levels <-1 m> and <-10 m>.
17.3.7
Water Properties
12. In the Water Properties window, enter a unit weight of <10 kN/m3 > to be in accordance
with the previously calculated additional pore pressures.
17.3.8
Struts
13. In the Struts window from the Supports menu, define two struts at levels -2 m and -7 m
with properties as indicated in Figure 17.5. As only half of the problem is considered due
to symmetry, the length of the strut needs to be entered as 5.0 m. In this example buckling
is not taken into account, therefore a large value for the buckling force is entered.
17.3.9
Stages Overview
14. In the Stages Overview window, activate these different inputs as indicated in Figure 17.1
by selecting them in the appropriate sub-window.
17.4
Deltares
247
17. In the window displayed (Figure 17.7), read the water pressures values at different depths
at the left side in the Water Pressure Left tab. They are the sum of the excess pore
pressure and the hydrostatic water pressure (w depth).
18. Open the Moment/Force/Displacements window to view the effect of this seepage on the
construction.
248
Deltares
Figure 17.8: Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window including the effects of the additional pore pressures
17.5
Conclusion
Water flow under the toe of a sheet pile wall causes a pore pressure distribution in the surrounding soil that is not proportional to the depth below the water table. The correct total
pressure distribution can be modeled by calculating and inputting additional pore pressures
for each soil layer.
Deltares
249
250
Deltares
To model a load with limited size in the directions parallel and perpendicular to the sheet
pile wall.
For this example, the following modules are needed:
18.1
Deltares
251
Top view
d1=1.5m
45o
d2=2.25m
q1
q2
Platform load = 20 kN/m2
GL=0
-1.5
-2.0
2.0
CLAY
PEAT
-7.0
AZ 13
CLAY
CLAY
-13.0
SAND
-16.0
Figure 18.1: Modeling a load with limited size parallel to the sheet piling (tutorial 11)
18.2
General input
1. Open <Tutorial-3.shi> by clicking Open in the File menu, and save it with the name
<Tutorial-11>.
2. On the menu bar, click Project and then choose Properties to open the Project Properties
window.
3. Fill in <Tutorial 11 for D-S HEET P ILING > and <Modeling of loads with limited dimensions>
for Title 1 and Title 2 respectively in the Identification tab.
4. Open the Model window from the Project menu and select the C, phi, delta soil parameters
model since surcharge loads are used in this example.
5. Deselect the Check vertical balance and the Verification (EC7/CUR) options as they are
not used in this example.
252
Deltares
qi =
F
L
L b L + 2di
(18.1)
F
600
=
= 88.89 kN/m2
b (L + 2d1 )
1.5 (1.5 + 2 1.5)
(18.2)
Therefore:
q1 =
q2 =
F
600
=
= 66.67 kN/m2
b (L + 2d2 )
1.5 (1.5 + 2 2.25)
(18.3)
9. In the Stages Manager window, add a fourth stage, named <Platform load and crane
load>.
Deltares
253
11. Start the calculation by selecting Start from the Calculation menu.
18.4
Results
As a result of the platform load and the crane load the bending moments have increased, as
indicated in Figure 18.4.
12. Open the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window to see the effect of the increased
loading. The maximum bending moment has increased to 514 kNm and exceeds now the
maximum allowable moment (dotted green line) of 351 kNm, as shown in Figure 18.4. That
means the selected sheet piling section must be changed to avoid failing in bending. By
selecting an AZ 13 profile with a yield stress of 430 N/mm2 (section S430), the maximum
moment for elastic behavior is raised to 559 kNm.
254
Deltares
Figure 18.4: Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window, Results for the final stage
13. In the Sheet Piling window, click the . . . button to open the Sheet Piling Profiles Library
window and select <S430>.
14. Perform a new calculation and check that the magnitude of the maximum moment is now
less than this sections maximum moment for elastic behavior which means the wall will
not fail in bending (Figure 18.5).
Figure 18.5: Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window, Results for the final stage with
a new sheet piling profile
Deltares
255
Conclusion
Loads with a limited size parallel to the sheet pile wall need to be adjusted so their effect can
be correctly calculated. This modification is performed by assuming the load acts over the
wall within the limits of lines extending at 45 from the front of where the load is applied.
256
Deltares
To check the sheet pile installation feasibility using the Dutch NVAF-experience lines
and the experiences from the GeoBrain experiences database (GeoBrain).
19.1
(section 19.3.2) Results of the D-S HEET P ILING design are compared to (NVAF) charts
for different kind of piling driving vibrators and different soil conditions;
(section 19.3.1) Results of the D-S HEET P ILING design are displayed on graphs for comparison with the GeoBrain experiences;
(section 19.4) A prediction of the feasibility of the design is performed, using additional
data as a CPT in GEF format and some additional information concerning the equipment, the foundation and the condition of the sheet piles;
(section 19.5) A prediction of the feasibility of the design is performed, by simply searching experiences in the GeoBrain database similar to the D-S HEET P ILING project. Search
can be based either on sheet pile (section 19.5.1), on CPT (section 19.5.2) or on location (section 19.5.3).
For more information on the Feasibility module, see chapter 7.
The soil profile is deduced from the results of the provided CPT-GEF file using the interpretation rule prescribed by CUR.
Deltares
257
19.2
19.2.1
Changing input
Sheet Piling
Prediction of feasibility is based, among other things, on the resisting moment W of the sheet
piling. If Tutorial 7 was created without the Feasibility module, it is possible that the resisting
moment is not yet inputted. First check this in the Sheet Piling window:
1. Open <Tutorial-7a.shi> and save it with the name <Tutorial-12>.
2. In the Identification tab of the Project Properties window, change Title 1 and Title 2 to
respectively <Tutorial 12 for D-S HEET P ILING > and <Prediction of feasibility using experience data>.
3. In the Model window, deselect the option Verification (EC7/CUR) as it is not used.
4. Open the Sheet Piling window from the Construction menu.
5. If the last column Resisting Moment W (Feasibility) is not filled (i.e. 0), click the Browse
button in the Import profile from library column to open the Sheet Piling Profiles Library
window. If the resisting moment is already filled (i.e. 1665 cm3 /m), directly go to step 23.
6. Select Arcelor profile <AZ 19> with a steel quality <S430>.
7. Click the Select button to return to the Sheet Piling window (Figure 19.2). The resisting
moment should now be equal to 1940 cm3 /m.
8. Enter a Section bottom level of <-16 m>.
9. Click OK to close the window.
258
Deltares
19.2.2
Surcharge load
10. In the Surcharge Loads window, change the magnitude of the load called Temporary load
to <10 kN/m2 >.
11. Click OK to confirm.
19.2.3
Deltares
259
15. Leave the CPT interpretation Rule and the Minimum layer thickness to their defaults and
click OK to go back to the Soil Profiles window (Figure 19.4) which now contains a new
profile named CPT 02 corresponding to the CPT.
Figure 19.4: Soil Profiles window after importation of the CPT 02 file
16. Select the previously manually added profile named <New Profile> and click the Delete
button to delete it as it is not used anymore.
17. Click OK to see the effect in the Input Diagram window.
18. Use the Zoom buttons in the Edit panel to enlarge the limits of the diagram and see the
different layers of the new soil profile imported from CPT (Figure 19.5).
260
Deltares
Figure 19.5: Input Diagram window with new soil profile from CPT
Note that the top layer of the new soil profile is now situated below the ground surface.
19. In the Soil Profiles window, increase the Top level of the top layer to <0 m>.
19.2.4
New calculation
20. In the Calculation menu, select Start to open the Start Calculation window or press the
function key F9.
21. Click Start to start the calculation.
22. In the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window, check that the maximum moment of
834 kNm is not reached for all stages.
19.3
Deltares
261
Figure 19.6: E-consult Sheet Pile Installation window showing GeoBrain Experiences
For this tutorial example, the D-S HEET P ILING design is within range of experiences and seems
to be surrounded by different experiences labeled as Good project result (green crosses).
The user should check if these experiences are indeed comparable to the D-S HEET P ILING
design.
25. Select one of the nearby Good experiences, using the mouse. On the right hand side,
additional information, including a soil profile is shown.
Please refer to Sheet Pile Installation based on GeoBrain Experiences (section 7.2.2) for a
translation of the Dutch headings and a detailed description of this window.
262
Deltares
Figure 19.7: E-consult Sheet Pile Installation window showing NVAF lines
The current sheet piling input is indicated by a blue mark. As this mark lies below the NVAFlines, successful pile driving should be guaranteed for this type of sheet piling with a length of
16 m and a resisting moment of 1940 cm3 /m.
By selecting different graphs from the Experience lines NVAF list it can be seen that the design
considered does not meet the feasibility criteria for all combinations of cone resistances and
frequencies. Hence some care should be taken. From the graphs one can also get an idea
of the capacity needed for successful pile driving. In this case (LF 5) a minimum capacity of
800 kN seems necessary.
Note: By selecting a different sheet pile profile (i.e. different resisting moment W ) and/or
by entering a different sheet pile length in the Sheet Piling window, the user must close and
re-open to the Feasibility Sheet Pile Installation window to see the influence on the feasibility.
See section 7.2.1 for a detailed description of this window.
Deltares
263
Parameter
CPT
Location
Type of stiff clay layers
Thickness of the stiff clay layers
Obstacles
Condition of subsurface
Condition sheet piles
Sheet piles installed in . . .
Installation Method
Equipment known
Type
19.4.1
1st prediction
2nd prediction
Tutorial-13 CPT 02.gef
Zuid-Holland
boulder clay
3m
0
Good
Used-moderate
New
Double
Single
Vibrating
Yes
PVE 2323 VM
PVE 110M
264
Deltares
Deltares
265
Note: The soil profile determined in Figure 19.10 uses the 3-types with gravel from NEN rule
(section 29.2.3) as CPT interpretation rule and a minimum layer thickness of 0.2 m whereas
the soil profile determined in the Soil Profiles window (Figure 19.4) uses the CUR rule (section 29.2.1) as CPT interpretation rule and a minimum layer thickness of 0.5 m. Those explain
the differences between both profiles.
32. To enter the Sheet pile information, click Next.
266
Deltares
Deltares
267
268
Deltares
19.4.2
It is possible to get a complete report in PDF format containing the input and results.
45. Click on the link Go to Report to download the input and results as a pdf-file at the bottom
of the Result menu of the GeoBrain Prediction window.
46. Click again on the link View the report here as a pdf-file.
Deltares
269
19.5
270
Deltares
Note: At the top of the GeoBrain Experiences window displayed (Figure 19.16), available
data are indicated: the name of the CPT previously imported (section 19.2.3) and the Sheet
piling length and Resisting moment of this tutorial, as previously inputted in the Sheet Piling
window (section 19.2.1).
To consult the GeoBrain database, three different searches can be performed:
(section 19.5.1) Search experiences based on similar sheet piling length and resisting
moment of the project;
(section 19.5.2) Search experiences based on a similar soil profile deduced from the
imported CPT;
(section 19.5.3) Search experiences close to the location of the current project, by using
a map.
Deltares
271
Using the Refine query table at the right side of the window (Figure 19.17), it is possible
to refine the search by selecting the appropriate requirement using the information given in
Table 19.1for the second prediction:
49.
50.
51.
52.
Those choices will result in decreasing the number of similar projects from 35 to 2, as shown
in Figure 19.18.
272
Deltares
Figure 19.18: GeoBrain Experiences window, Search on Sheet piling after refinement
Using the Refine Query table, it is also possible to change requirements by clicking the arrow
behind the requirement.
Detailed information on each project can also be displayed:
53. Click on the name of the first project.
In the window displayed (Figure 19.19), all sort information on Situation, Geotechnics, Sheet
piling, Installation, Surroundings and Experiences are available by clicking the corresponding
name.
54. Click on Back to return to the projects list of Figure 19.18 and inspect other projects if
wanted.
Deltares
273
19.5.2
The GeoBrain Experiences window displays a list of 2 projects arranged alphabetically (Figure 19.21). The number of experiences can be different from Figure 19.21 as the GeoBrain
database continuously grows. As previously (section 19.5.1) it is possible to access to detailed
information on each project by clicking on its name. Selecting a less strict similarity condition
in the first page, for example <Moderate similarity>, will result in much more projects in the
resulting list.
274
Deltares
19.5.3
Deltares
275
In the map of the Netherlands displayed (Figure 19.22), a zoom on the desired location must
be performed:
59. Use the Zoom in button
and the Hand cursor
to reduce the map to the Zuid-Holland
(Figure 19.23 left) and then continue to the city of Rotterdam (Figure 19.23 right), for
example. Zuid-Holland (Figure 19.23 left) and then continue to the city of Rotterdam (Figure 19.23 right), for example.
276
Deltares
Depending on the zoom intensity, results will be displayed as pie (Figure 19.23 left) or as
separate points (Figure 19.23 right). Clicking on the pie or on the point(s) will display the
details of the corresponding project(s).
See section 7.4.3 for a detailed description of this window.
19.6
Conclusion
After checking a sheet pile wall for stability, the Feasibility menu can be used to check the
chosen sheet piling feasibility for driving. The chosen sheet piling can be compared to the
GeoBrain experience database and NVAF-lines. If the sheet piling is changed to give better
driving feasibility then it needs to be re-checked for stability.
Deltares
277
278
Deltares
To use the single pile model of D-S HEET P ILING to analyze a pile subjected to a horizontal
force.
For this example, the following modules are needed:
20.1
-0.5
-2.0
-4.5
-6.8
CLAY
-8.3
SAND
-9.6
CLAY 2
-11.6
SAND 2
-13.2
CLAY 3
SAND 3
SAND 3
-20.5
Figure 20.1: Pile (mooring post) loaded horizontally (by a ship) Tutorial 13
20.2
279
[kN/m ]
[kN/m3 ]
[kN/m2 ]
[deg]
[kN/2 ]
[-]
Clay
15
15
0
22.5
2000
Clay
Sand
18
20
0
32.5
2000
Sand
Clay 2
15
15
10
22.5
4000
Clay
Sand 2
18
20
0
32.5
4000
Sand
Clay 3
17
17
10
17.5
4000
Clay
Sand 3
18
20
0
32.5
9000
Sand
280
Deltares
20.3
Soil Profile
10. Open the Surfaces window from the Soil menu, and define a surface at -4.5 m.
11. Open the Soil Materials window from the Soil menu, and define the soils as given in Table 20.1. Select Brinch-Hansen as the method to be used to calculate the earth pressure
coefficients.
13. Open the Water Levels window from the Soil menu, and enter a water level of <-2 m>.
Deltares
281
20.4
Horizontal Force
14. Open the Horizontal Forces window from the Loads menu and enter a horizontal force
named <Ship load> of <500 kN> at a level of <-0.5 m>.
15. Select these different inputs in the Stage Overview window, such as the <Ship load> to
activate them.
20.5
Results
16. Start a calculation and save the project using <Tutorial-13> as file name. Note that the
pile is stable as no message is displayed to the contrary.
17. Open the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window to view the results of the calculation.
The maximum displacement of the pile is around 9 cm, which meets the condition that was
stated in the case description, of a maximum allowable displacement of 10 cm. The maximum
allowable bending moment of 3800 kNm is also not exceeded.
282
Deltares
20.6
Conclusion
D-S HEET P ILING allows the modeling of simple single pile models, loaded by forces and moments. The single pile module allows the effect of arching to be taken into account, by application of Brinch-Hansens theory. The input and calculation method is similar to that for a
sheet pile wall.
Deltares
283
284
Deltares
21.1
Deltares
285
[kN/m ]
[kN/m3 ]
[kN/m2 ]
[deg]
Sand1
18
20
0
30
Stiff
Clay1
15
15
10
25
Elastic
Clay2
15
15
5
25
Clay3
15
15
5
25
Clay4
15
15
3
25
Sand2
18
20
0
35
Foundation
-0.5
-1.5
-2.5
SAND 1
CLAY 1
-4.5
CLAY 2
-6.5
CLAY 3
-8.5
CLAY 4
-10.5
-12.5
SAND 2
Figure 21.1: Horizontal pile loaded by (calculated) soil deformations caused by embankment raise (tutorial 14)
Note: Active and neutral earth pressure coefficients normally need to be set to zero for the
situation of a single pile loaded by soil displacement. This means that the input value for the
passive earth pressure coefficient leads to the effective resisting pressure, taking the effect
of arching into account. Selecting the option Pile loaded by calculated soil displacements
will cause this to happen automatically because in such case the Brinch-Hansen method is
automatically used for the calculation of the earth pressure coefficients.
286
Deltares
Deltares
287
Soil input
9. Open the Surfaces window from the Soil menu, and define a surface at level <-0.5 m>.
10. Open the Soil Materials window from the Soil menu, and define the materials according
to Table 21.1. For Elastic materials, mark the Use default elasticity check-box to leave
D-S HEET P ILING estimate the elasticity using the unsaturated unit weight as explained in
section 36.1.1.
11. Open the Soil Profiles window from the Soil menu, and define manually the soil profile as
shown in Figure 21.1.
12. Open the Water Levels window from the Soil menu, and enter a water level of <-1.5 m>.
21.4
Surcharge Load
The road embankment is implemented as a surcharge load. D-S HEET P ILING will automatically calculate the soil displacements caused by this road embankment using the De Leeuw
tables(De Leeuw, 1963).
13. Open the Surcharges Loads window from the Loads menu.
14. Enter the road embankment properties given in Figure 21.4 below.
288
Deltares
15. Active the surcharge load in the Stage Composer by selecting it.
21.5
Rigid Support
16. Open the Rigid Supports window from the Supports menu.
17. Enter a rigid support which suppresses Translation of the sheet piling at level <-0.5 m>.
This represents the resistance to translation provided by the connection of the pile to the
building.
18. Active the rigid support in the Stages Composer by selecting it.
The Input Diagram window confirms the entered Soil Displacements and Rigid Supports.
Deltares
289
21.6
Results
19. Start a calculation, and note that the pile is stable, as no message is displayed to the
contrary.
20. Open the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window.
The Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window (Figure 21.7) shows that the maximum moment in the pile is around 182 kNm, which is much less than the allowable maximum (i.e.
1000 kNm), so constructing the road embankment should not cause problems for this pile.
In the Displacements chart, the dotted line corresponds to the calculated soil displacements.
The numerical values can be found in the report.
290
Deltares
Note: The results of a calculation are highly influenced by the soil displacements and the
value of the horizontal subgrade modulus in the displacing soil layers.
21.7
Conclusion
D-S HEET P ILING also allows the analysis of single piles subjected to impose soil deformations.
Those soil displacements can either be user-defined or automatically calculated displacements from De Leeuw tables.
Deltares
291
292
Deltares
22.1
Deltares
293
Introduction to Eurocode 7
According to the Eurocode 7, three Design Approaches, with different partial factors are defined for the Ultimate Limit State. The Design Approach used will depend on the choice of the
country where the verification is performed/the construction takes place, in order to conform
to their design methods. It should be verified that a rupture or excessive deformation will not
occur with the appropriate set of partial factors applied.
The partial factors recommended by Eurocode 7 (NEN-EN, March 2005) are given in Figure 22.2. These partial factors apply to actions or their effects, ground resistance and material properties. In this tutorial, the verification is performed for three design approaches of the
Eurocode 7: design approaches 1, 2 and 3.
According to EuroCode 7, use of the Culmann method (delta, c, phi soil parameters) for
the calculation of the active and passive earth pressure coefficients is acceptable.For the
calculation of the
neutral earth pressure coefficient, the formula used in D-S HEET P ILING (k0 =
(1 sin ) OCR) is the one prescribed in the Eurocode for a horizontal ground surface.
22.3
294
Deltares
Figure 22.2: User Defined Partial Factors window, EC7 General tab
Note: The default values of the User Defined Partial Factors window can be modified to be
in accordance with the values prescribed in the National Annex of the EuroCode 7 of each
European country. The EC7 NL tab prescribed the values given by the Dutch National Annex
(NEN, september 2009).
22.4
22.4.1
Select Start from the Calculation menu or press the function key F9.
In the Start Calculation window, select the Design Sheet Piling Length tab.
Select EuroCode and Design approach 1 set 1.
Select the last Construction stage <4: Load>.
Specify checks for the Pile Length ranging From <20 m> Down to <12 m> with a Decrement of <1 m>.
11. Click the Start button.
Deltares
295
Figure 22.3: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab with an
AZ 17/S430 profile
The results (Figure 22.3) show that for a length of 20 m the maximum allowable moment is
reached. Therefore, a different sheet piling profile must be selected with a higher maximum
allowable moment.
12. Open the Sheet Piling window from the Construction menu.
13. Select an Arcelor <AZ 25> profile from the library, with a <S430> section.
14. In the Design Sheet Piling Length tab of the Start Calculation window perform a new design
calculation by clicking the Start button.
The results (Figure 22.4) show that for a length of 13 m the sheet piling becomes unstable
as the mobilized resistance reaches 100%. Therefore, the minimum length is approximately
14 m.
296
Deltares
Figure 22.4: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab with an
AZ 25/S430 profile
15. Check that the last stage is indeed the most critical by repeating the above steps, selecting
each of the other stages. Note that the sheet piling does indeed become unstable in the
final stage earlier than in the others.
To get a more accurate result of when the piling becomes unstable or when the anchor yields,
the Pile length inputs at the top of the window must be adapted.
16. Select the final stage as this is the most critical, enter a pile length From <14 m> Down to
<13 m> with a Decrement of <0.25 m> and click Start again.
Deltares
297
Figure 22.5: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab for DA 1 set 1
The results (Figure 22.5) show that the minimum stable length is approximately 13.25 m.
22.4.2
Figure 22.6: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab for DA 1 set 2
298
Deltares
Design Approach 2
18. Repeat the design length procedure for design approach 2. The minimum stable length is
14 m as shown in Figure 22.7.
Figure 22.7: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab for DA 2
Note: For design approach 2, the maximum allowable percentage of mobilization is not 100%
but 100%/1.40 = 71.7% as the partial resistance factor is 1.4 for this design approach instead
of 1.0 for the others (see Figure 22.2). Thats why for a length of 14 m with a mobilized
resistance of 75.6% (> 71.7%) the sheet piling is considered as unstable.
22.4.4
Design Approach 3
19. Repeat the design length procedure described above for design approach 3. The minimum
stable length (with anchor yielding) is 16.75 m as shown in Figure 22.8.
Deltares
299
Figure 22.8: Start Calculation window, Design Sheet Piling Length tab for DA 3
22.4.5
Results overview
The results obtained for each design approach are summarized in the following table.
Table 22.1: Overview of the Design Sheet Piling Length calculation for the different design
approaches
Design
Design
Approach length
[m]
DA 1 set 13.25
1
DA 1 set 16.75
2
DA 2
14.25
DA 3
16.75
Mob. resist.
[%]
100.0
Anchor
force
[kN]
212.04
Max.
moment
[kNm]
867.3
Max.
placem.
[mm]
163.5
77.4
240.00
667.8
2023.0
70.9
77.4
212.42
240.00
910.4
667.8
109.6
2023.0
dis-
For this project, the design sheet piling length can vary from 13.25 m to 16.75 m depending
on the chosen design approach: both design approaches DA 1 set 2 and DA 3 give the largest
sheet piling length (including anchor yielding) whereas design approach DA 1 set 1 gives the
smallest sheet piling length (without anchor yielding).
Results of DA 1 set 2 (Figure 22.6) and DA 3 (Figure 22.8) are identical because both approaches use the same default partial factors (Figure 22.2). Both approaches give the largest
design length.
For DA 2, the maximum allowable percentage of mobilization is not 100% but 100%/1.40 = 71.7%
as the partial resistance factor is 1.4 for this design approach instead of 1.0 for the others (see
300
Deltares
22.5
22.5.1
Verification calculation
For design approach 1 set 1, the results (Figure 22.5) show that the minimum stable length
is approximately 13.25 m. It seems acceptable to reduce the sheet piling length from 14 m to
13.5 m, whilst still leaving a good safety margin.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
Deltares
301
At the end of the calculation, the message Calculation finished: sheet piling becomes unstable
appears in the Calculation Progress window (Figure 22.10), which means that the current
length of the sheet piling is not acceptable according to Design Approach 1 of the EuroCode 7.
The report results must be therefore investigated.
27. Click on the Close button to close the Calculation Progress window.
22.5.2
Results overview
To view the results of this verification:
28. Select the Report option from the Results menu.
The Summary section of the Report window (Figure 22.11) shows that the sheet pile wall is
considered as stable according to Design Approach 1 set 1 but unstable according to Design
Approach 1 set 2 of Eurocode 7 for stage 3.
302
Deltares
22.5.3
Charts
29. Open the Moment/Force/Displacement Charts window from the Results menu.
The maximum moment and the maximum shear force for stage 4 given at the bottom of the
Deltares
303
The continuous line with a maximum value of 666.5 kNm corresponds to the intermediary calculated moments: black line corresponds to values below the maximum allowable moment whereas red line corresponds to values above the maximum allowable
moment;
The red dotted line with a maximum value of 899.8 kNm corresponds to the intermediary
calculated moments multiplied by the partial factor on the effect of the loads (i.e. 1.35
in this tutorial, therefore: 666.5 1.35 899.8);
The green dotted vertical line (1056 kNm) corresponds to the maximum allowable moment as inputted in the Sheet Piling window.
As part of the moment chart exceeds the maximum allowable moment (dotted green line), the
selected sheet piling section should be changed to avoid failing in bending.
22.6
Conclusion
D-S HEET P ILING allows the user to check a sheet pile wall according to the Eurocode 7, which
will become the only relevant design code for geotechnical projects in Europe within the next
few years. In this tutorial, the partial factors prescribed in EuroCode 7, Part 1: General rules
(NEN-EN, March 2005) have been used. However, each country can prescribed its own
design method and partial factors via the National Annex of the Eurocode. As information,
D-S HEET P ILING now supports the Dutch Annex.
304
Deltares
23.1
Deltares
305
[kN/m ]
[kN/m3 ]
[%]
[m/s]
[-]
Clay
15
16
35
10-8
Clay
Peat
10
11
15
10-9
Peat
Sand
17
19
72.5
10-3
Sand
The soil parameters needed for a settlement by vibration calculation are given in Table 23.1.
23.2
Model
1. Open <Tutorial-7a.shi> and save it with the name <Tutorial-16>.
2. In the Identification tab of the Project Properties window, change Title 1 and Title 2 to respectively <Tutorial 16 for D-S HEET P ILING > and <Prediction of settlements by vibration>.
3. In the Model window, deselect the option Verification (EC7/CUR) as it is not used and
select the Settlement by vibration option.
23.3
Sheet Piling
Prediction of settlement by vibration is based, among other things, on the geometry of the
sheet piling:
4. Open the Sheet Piling window from the Construction menu.
5. Click the Browse button in the Import profile from library column to open the Sheet Piling
Profiles Library window.
6. Select Arcelor profile <AZ 19> with a steel quality <S430>.
306
Deltares
7. Click the Select button to return to the Sheet Piling window (Figure 19.2). The needed
parameters are automatically filled in.
8. Enter a Section bottom level of <-16 m> and leave the Number of simultaneously installed
piles to <2>.
Deltares
307
Soil Materials
10. In the Soil menu, select Materials to open the Soil Materials window.
11. Enter the values given in Table 23.1for the Relative density, the Horizontal permeability
and the Soil layer type.
12. Click OK to confirm the input.
23.5
Calculation
13. In the Feasibility menu, select Settlement by vibration to start the calculation.
A window appears showing the calculation progress. The calculation can take some time.
308
Deltares
Results
14. To see the charts output, select Settlement by Vibration Charts from the Results menu.
The Settlement by vibration Charts window displays the settlement vs. the distance to sheet
pile. The settlements are calculated for the active side (i.e. right side in this example) of the
sheet pile and first step.
Three types of charts are displayed:
16. Choose During removal from the drop-down menu at the top left of the Settlement by
Vibration Charts window to display the settlements during removal of the sheet piling (Figure 23.8).
Deltares
309
17. Choose Total settlement from the drop-down menu at the top left of the Settlement by
Vibration Charts window to display the settlements due to installation + removal of the
sheet piling (Figure 23.9).
Figure 23.9: Settlements by Vibration Charts window, Total settlement (installation + removal)
For each chart, three lines are shown. The blue line corresponds to the settlements due to
sheet pile volume. The red line corresponds to the settlements due to densification. The black
line corresponds to the total settlement (sum of settlements due to sheet pile volume and soil
310
Deltares
Figure 23.10: Chart Data window for the Total settlement (installation + removal)
23.7
Conclusion
After checking a sheet pile wall for stability, the Settlement by vibration option from the Feasibility menu can be used to evaluate the settlements due to vibratory installation and removal
of the sheet pile wall.
Deltares
311
312
Deltares
To design manually the combined wall length with the allowable bending moment
For this example the following modules are needed:
24.1
Figure 24.1: One stage excavation with a ProLock Sigma combined wall (Tutorial 17)
Deltares
313
314
[kN/m ]
[kN/m3 ]
[kN/m2 ]
[deg]
[deg]
[-]
[-]
[kN/m3 ]
[kN/m3 ]
[kN/m3 ]
Sand, clayey
16
18
0
27.5
18.33
1
1
Fine
12000
6000
3000
Sand, moderate
18
20
0
32.5
21.67
2
1
Fine
20000
10000
5000
Deltares
60.0
1.20
0.45 long term
223
5.02 kNm/m long term
2 300
697
30.7
9.3
N/mm2
0.50 short term
cm3 /m
5.58 kNm/m short term
N/mm2
N/mm2
kNm2 /m
kNm2 /m
Number of piles
Diameter
Strength class
Flexural strength
Partial material factor
Modification factor
Height factor
Design flexural strength(1)
Modulus of elasticity
Resisting moment(2)
Allowed bending moment(3)
Bending stiffness
long term
short term
long term
short term
SLS
ULS
long term
short term
SLS
ULS
(1)
(2)
(3)
Mmax = W fu;d
[m]
[mm]
fm;rep
m
kmod
[N/mm2 ]
[-]
[-]
kh
fu;d
[-]
[N/mm2 ]
Erep
Ed
W
Mmax
[N/mm2 ]
EIrep
EId
[kNm2 ]
[cm3 ]
[kNm]
per pile
1
100
C18
18.0
1.3
0.55
0.70
1.084
8.26
10.51
9000
6000
98
0.81
1.03
44
29
per m
2
196
1.62
2.06
88
59
Because the wooden piles are inserted in the ProLock Sigma profile, the properties of both
the synthetic profile and the wooden pile are added to get the properties of the wall, as shown
in Table 24.4.
Deltares
315
Resisting moment
Allow. moment long term
Allow. moment short term
Bending stiffness at SLS
Bending stiffness at ULS
24.2
24.2.1
[cm3 /m]
[kNm/m]
[kNm/m]
[kNm2 /m]
[kNm2 /m]
ProLock
Sigma
223
5.02
5.58
31
9
Wooden
piles (2)
196
1.62
2.06
88
59
24.2.2
Deltares
Note: For the bending stiffness EI , the maximum value (between SLS and ULS) given in
Table 24.3 is used as it provides the maximum calculated bending moment.
Note: The use of the Combined Wall tool as in Tutorial 9 (chapter 16) is not applicable in this
tutorial because the wooden piles are inserted into the synthetic profile.
24.2.3
Soil
In the menu Soil, the soil materials, the surfaces, the soil profile and the water levels for this
tutorial can be specified.
24.2.3.1
Surfaces
On the excavated side, the surface is not horizontal. This can be defined in the Surfaces
window:
16. Open the Surfaces window from the Soil menu and define a surface with name <Right>
with level 0 m.
17. Define a second surface with name <Left> and fill in the values that are listed in the table
of Figure 24.4.
Deltares
317
Which surfaces should be applied on the left and right hand sides of the sheet piling may now
be selected. This selection is made using the Stage Composer located at the left side of the
Input Diagram window.
18. In the upper box of the Stage Composer, click Surface left and select the surface with
description <Left> in the lower box (Figure 24.5). The effect can be directly seen in the
Input Diagram window.
19. Repeat this for Surface right by linking it with the <Right> surface.
318
Deltares
Soil Materials
20. Open the Soil Materials window from the Soil menu, and define the soils using the parameters given in Table 24.1, using the Mller-Breslau (straight slip surfaces) method for an
automatic calculation of the Earth pressure coefficients by D-S HEET P ILING. Select Tangent
with <3> as the Number of curves for spring characteristics in the Curve Settings window
to allow input of the modulus of subgrade reaction as given in Table 24.1.
24.2.3.3
Soil Profiles
21. Open the Profiles window from the Soil menu and define the soil profile shown in Figure 24.1, with the top levels of <Sand, clayey> and <Sand, moderate> at 0 m and -1.5 m
respectively.
24.2.3.4
Water Levels
22. Open the Water Levels window of the Soil menu, and define a water level named <WL>
at <-0.5 m>.
24.2.4
Model selection
Slopes can only be analyzed if the c, phi, delta model is used, thats why the left side of the
construction is analyzed with the c, phi, delta model whereas the right side is analyzed with
the Ka , K0 , Kp model.
23. Click the Overview option in the Stages menu or click on the Stage overview button on the
icon bar.
24. Select method <C, phi, delta> for the Left side.
25. Click OK to confirm.
Deltares
319
Calculation
The verification of the synthetic wall is made according to the Dutch Annex of the Eurocode 7.
26.
27.
28.
29.
Select the Start option from the Calculation menu or press the function key F9.
In the Start Calculation window, select the Verify Sheet Piling tab.
Choose EC7 NL and then select Partial factors (design values) in all stages (method A).
Select <RC 0> as Partial factor set.
24.2.6
Results
30. Click Start to perform the design calculation. When the calculation is complete, an error
message appears at the bottom of the window (Figure 24.8).
31. Close the Calculation Progress window and open the Report form the Results menu to get
more details about this error message.
32. Go to paragraph 2 named Summary using the Move to next page
button.
320
Deltares
The Calculation Errors section (Figure 24.9) indicates that the sheet piling becomes unstable.
For steps 6.3 and 6.4, the sheet piling is unstable and no results are available.
24.2.7
Deltares
321
38. Open the Soil Profile window and enter the new profile (Figure 24.11).
39. Perform a new calculation. No error message appears at the end of the calculation.
40. Open the Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window to inspect the results (Figure 24.12).
322
Deltares
Figure 24.12: Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window for long term situation - Step
6.3
The maximum calculated moment (2.2 kNm) is now situated in the middle part of the wall
(composed of the ProLock Sigma profile and 2 wooden piles per meter). In this part, the allowable moment (5.56 m) is higher than in the lowest part (1.62 kNm), thats why the maximum
calculated moment now passes.
Note: Usually, to design the length of the wall, the option Design Sheet Piling Length is used
(section 5.2.2). However, in case of combined wall, this option can be used only to design the
lower part of the wall (i.e. wooden piles), but not the upper part. Thats why, the design length
will be determined manually, by changing the bottom level of the ProLock Sigma profile.
24.3
Deltares
323
24.3.2
48. Activate the Surface load in the Stage Composer by selecting Uniform loads in the upper
box and by marking Surface load in the lower box (see Figure 24.15).
324
Deltares
24.3.3
Results
The verification calculation at short term can now be performed:
49. Start the calculation by pressing the function key F9 and clicking Start. No error message
appears at the end of the calculation.
50. Open the Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window to inspect the results (Figure 24.16):
the allowable moment is not exceeded in all calculation steps.
Figure 24.16: Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window for short term situation - Step
6.3
Deltares
325
Conclusion
A design calculation at long and short term for a combined wall consisting of a ProLock Sigma
profile and wooden piles has been performed. The maximum calculated bending moments
per section of the wall are reported in Table 24.5, for two different lengths of the ProLock
profile. With a length of 2 m, the maximum calculated moments do not exceed the allowable
moments; the strength of the wall is therefore enough.
Table 24.5: Maximum calculated bending moments, per wall section (tutorial 17)
Section
First case
Allowable Length Max.
moment
moment
[kNm]
[m]
[kNm]
Second case
Length Max.
moment
[m]
[kNm]
5.02
5.56
1.62
0.5
1
1
0.5
1.5
0.5
0.11
2.19
1.17
5.58
6.64
2.06
0.5
1
1
0.5
1.5
0.5
0.19
3.01
1.91
Note: The stability of the wall is secured. A shorter length of the piles (i.e. a tip level at -2 m
instead of -2.5 m) is not possible as this will lead to an unstable wall.
326
Deltares
25.1
Deltares
327
Figure 25.1: One stage excavation with a ProLock Omega combined wall (Tutorial 18)
To start, the calculation is made for a synthetic profile length of 3 m, with 2 wooden piles per
meter and for a pile tip level of -4 m, as shown in Figure 25.1. A row of inclined anchors is
installed at level -0.25 m, with one anchor every 2 m. This tutorial will show that the calculated
bending moment for such construction does not exceed the allowable moment.
Note: As the construction is loaded by the vertical component of the anchor force, the bearing
capacity of the piles has to be verified. This verification is not part of this tutorial.
The question is to design the wall for two situations:
328
Deltares
[kN/m3 ]
[kN/m3 ]
[kN/m2 ]
[deg]
[deg]
[-]
[-]
[kN/m3 ]
[kN/m3 ]
[kN/m3 ]
Sand,
clayey
Clay
16
18
0
27.5
18.33
1
1
Fine
12000
6000
3000
15
15
2
25
16.67
1 or 1.5
1
Fine
2000
800
500
Sand,
moderate,
shell
18
20
0
32.5
21.67
2
1
Fine
20000
10000
5000
The properties of the ProLock Omega profile are shown in Table 25.2. The properties of the
(soft) wooden piles used in this project are provided in Table 25.3, per pile and per linear
meter (considering 2 wooden piles per linear meter).
Deltares
329
Number of piles
Diameter
Strength class
Flexural strength
Partial material factor
Modification factor
Height factor
Design flexural strength(1)
Modulus of elasticity
Resisting moment(2)
Allowed bending moment(3)
Bending stiffness
long term
short term
long term
short term
SLS
ULS
long term
short term
SLS
ULS
(1)
(2)
(3)
Mmax = W fu;d
[m]
[mm]
fm;rep
m
kmod
[N/mm2 ]
[-]
[-]
kh
fu;d
[-]
[N/mm2 ]
Erep
Ed
W
Mmax
[N/mm2 ]
EIrep
EId
[kNm2 ]
[cm3 ]
[kNm]
per pile
1
150
C18
18.0
1.3
0.55
0.70
1
7.62
9.69
9000
6000
331
2.52
3.21
224
149
per m
2
662
5.04
6.42
447
298
Because the wooden piles are inserted in the ProLock Omega profile, the properties of both
the synthetic profile and the wooden pile are added to get the properties of the wall, as shown
in Table 25.4.
330
Deltares
Resisting moment
Allow. moment long term
Allow. moment short term
Bending stiffness at SLS
Bending stiffness at ULS
[cm3 /m]
[kNm/m]
[kNm/m]
[kNm2 /m]
[kNm2 /m]
ProLock
Omega
315
7.09
7.88
91
28
Wooden
piles (2)
662
5.04
6.42
224
149
The anchor is chosen from the JLD anchor systems: a MK-SR anchor wall with the characteristics given in Figure 25.3 and a GEWI anchor bar of 16 mm diamter and 6 m length
(Table 25.5).
Figure 25.3: Technical data for the MK-SR anchor wall (Tutorial 18)
Deltares
331
25.2
25.2.1
25.2.2
332
Deltares
Note: For the bending stiffness EI , the maximum value (between SLS and ULS) given in
Table 25.3 is used as it provides the maximum calculated bending moment.
Note: The use of the Combined Wall tool as in Tutorial 9 (chapter 16) is not applicable in this
tutorial because the wooden piles are inserted into the synthetic profile.
25.2.3
Soil
In the menu Soil, the soil materials, the surfaces, the soil profile and the water levels for this
tutorial can be specified.
25.2.3.1
Surfaces
On the excavated side, the surface is horizontal, on the contrary of the previous tutorial. This
can be changed in the Surfaces window:
10. Open the Surfaces window from the Soil menu and define the surface named <Left> with
<-2.5 m>.
25.2.3.2
Soil Materials
Both clay layers (with and without arching effect) are added to the list of materials:
11. Open the Soil Materials window from the Soil menu, and add the <Clay> material by
clicking the
button. Enter the parameters given in Table 24.1, using the MllerBreslau (straight slip surfaces) method for an automatic calculation of the Earth pressure
coefficients by D-S HEET P ILING and using a Shell factor of <1>.
12. Click again the
button to duplicate this layer and rename the created material with
<Clay, shell>. Change the Shell factor into <1.5>.
Deltares
333
25.2.3.3
Soil Profiles
13. Open the Profiles window from the Soil menu and define the soil profile shown in Figure 25.1, with the top levels of <Sand, clayey>, <Clay>, <Clay, shell> and <Sand,
moderate, shell> at 0 m, -2 m, -3 m and -3.5 m respectively.
25.2.4
Anchor
For this project, an anchor wall type MR-SR in combination with a GEWI bar 16 mm are
chosen and represented in Figure 25.6.
The input parameters for the anchor needed by the program first have to be determined (per
running meter) using the datas given in Figure 25.3 and Table 25.5:
Deltares
the height of the MR-SR wall is 317.5 mm. But the wall height as input value in
D-S HEET P ILING in the vertical projection of the wall height:
Deltares
335
Calculation
The verification of the synthetic wall is made according to the Dutch Annex of the Eurocode
7, with safety class RC1.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
Select the Start option from the Calculation menu or press the function key F9.
In the Start Calculation window, select the Verify Sheet Piling tab.
Choose EC7 NL and then select Partial factors (design values) in all stages (method A).
Select <RC 1> as Partial factor set.
Click Start to perform the calculation.
25.2.6
Results
No error occurred. The charts of the bending moment can be inspected:
24. In the Results menu, click Moment/Force/Displacement Chart.
25. Inspect the results for the available steps (i.e 6.3, 6.4 and 6.5) using the Next step
button.
For the middle section of the wall (ProLock Omega with 2 wooden piles, the maximum calculated moment (10.0 kNm) does not exceed the allowable moment (12.10 kNm), likewise for
the lowest section of the wall composed of 2 wooden piles per meter (Figure 25.10).
336
Deltares
Figure 25.10: Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window for long term situation - Step
6.3
26. The Summary section of the Report window (Figure 25.11) shows that the anchor is elastic
in all CUR steps.
Figure 25.11: Report window, Summary section for long term situation (Tutorial-18a)
Deltares
337
25.3.1
25.3.2
338
Deltares
Results
The verification calculation at short term can now be performed:
35. Start the calculation by pressing the function key F9 and clicking Start. No error message
appears at the end of the calculation.
36. Open the Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window to inspect the results (Figure 25.13):
the allowable moment is not exceeded in all calculation steps.
Figure 25.13: Moment/Force/Displacement Chart window for short term situation - Step
6.3
In the three sections of the combined wall, the maximum calculated moment does not exceed
the allowable moment (Figure 25.13).
25.4
Conclusion
A design calculation at long and short term for an anchored combined wall consisting of
a ProLock Omega profile and wooden piles and a JLD anchor has been performed. The
maximum calculated bending moments per section do not exceed the allowable moment. The
stability of the anchored wall is therefore enough.
Deltares
339
340
Deltares
26 Governing Equation
The retaining wall is modeled as an elastic beam on a foundation of uncoupled springs (representing the soil). D-S HEET P ILING applies the assumption of Bernoulli; this means that crosssections of the beam are assumed to remain straight and perpendicular to the beam axis. The
behavior of such a beam can be described by the following differential equation:
b EI
d4 w
d2 w
+
N
= b f (x, w)
dx4
dx2
(26.1)
where:
w
f
EI
x
N
b
D-S HEET P ILING solves Equation 26.1 numerically using the finite element method. This means
that the wall is divided into a number of sub-sections (called elements) that are connected at
the edges. These connections are called nodes. At these nodes, the displacements and
rotations of both connected elements are equal, thus creating a continuous beam.
D-S HEET P ILING automatically defines the position of the nodes. Nodes are always created at:
The length of an element never exceeds 1/20 of the total wall length. Each element is further
sub-divided into 5 sections. Displacements, shear forces, bending moments and horizontal
water and soil pressures are determined for each boundary of a section.
Deltares
341
342
Deltares
K=
h0
v0
(27.1)
Initial Stress (section 27.1): D-S HEET P ILING uses Jkys formula to determine the lateral
stress ratio at initial stress;
Yield (section 27.2): D-S HEET P ILING uses slip surface theories to determine the lateral
stress for active and passive yielding. Passive yielding occurs when the ultimate soil
stress under compression is reached. Active yielding occurs when the ultimate soil
stress under extension is reached.
Surcharge
When a surcharge is present, D-S HEET P ILING determines an additional lateral pressure ratio,
using Boussinesqs formula (see Equation 27.7 in section 27.3), to obtain the neutral earth
pressure. The Culmann method is used to determine the active and passive earth pressures.
27.1
K0 =
27.2
OCR (1 sin )
for coarse grain
sin
OCR
(1 sin ) for fine grain
(27.2)
Deltares
343
section 27.2.3 Ktter: curved slip surface, assuming zero weight and horizontal surface.
27.2.1
Culmann
For non-horizontal soil surfaces, values of the coefficients of active and passive lateral earth
pressure (Ka and Kp ) can be found using Culmanns formulas (Culmann, 1866).
B
W
N
Q
T
Q
B
W
The method is based on the equilibrium between the applied surcharge B , the soil weight
W , the total force from the sheet piling Q, the normal force N and the shear force T along
one straight slip surface, as illustrated below. The Culmann method takes the stratification of
soil along the slip surface into account. D-S HEET P ILING iteratively determines a slip surface
that results in the maximum active pressure and the minimum passive pressure. From this
calculated pressure, D-S HEET P ILING determines different coefficients in each point from the
top to the toe of the sheet pile wall.
The slip surfaces resulting in the maximum active pressure and the minimum passive pressure
are available in the Slide Planes C, Phi, Delta Calculation window (section 6.7).
344
Deltares
cos2
Ka =
2
q
sin sin(+)
1+
cos
(27.3)
and
cos2
Kp =
1
sin sin(+)
cos
2
(27.4)
where is the angle of wall friction and is the soil friction angle.
The validity of Equation 27.4 is limited to the following conditions for sheet pilings with a rough
surface:
27.2.3
Ka =
n
o
1 sin sin (2 + )
exp + + 2 tan
(1 + sin )
2
with : cos (2 + ) =
Kp =
sin
sin
n
o
1 sin sin (20 + )
exp
+ + 20 tan
(1 + sin )
2
Deltares
(27.5)
(27.6)
sin
sin
345
H = f
2P x2 y
(x2 + y 2 )2
(27.7)
where:
H
f
L
P
x, y
Note: If Kp < Ka and/or K0 < Ka , then D-S HEET P ILING will calculate new K0 and/or Kp
ratios: Kp = Ka and/or K0 = Ka . The additional horizontal earth pressure due to load q
becomes:
H =
KP
[(1 2 ) + sin 1 cos 1 sin 2 cos 2 ]
(27.8)
346
Deltares
28.1
Strength
When applying the calculation formulas of Mller-Breslau or Ktter, D-S HEET P ILING uses the
equations below to determine the yield stresses from the active and passive lateral effective
earth pressures:
a0 = Ka v0 2c
p
Ka
p
0
0
p = Kp v + 2c Kp
(28.1)
(28.2)
with v 0 and p 0 a 0.
The linear distribution of vertical stress that D-S HEET P ILING assumes in order to apply these
formulas is only accurate for zero or uniform loads and horizontal surfaces.
Wall Friction
The values given in Table 28.1 Angle of wall friction values for clay, loam, sand and gravel
(acc. to Table 4 of NEN 6740:2006) for the angle of wall friction are prescribed by
NEN 6740:2006 (Table 4) for clay, loam, sand and gravel. In the case of peat, the angle of
wall friction should be set to zero.
Table 28.1: Angle of wall friction values for clay, loam, sand and gravel (acc. to Table 4 of
NEN 6740:2006)
Wall surface
Very rough
Rough
Semi-rough
Smooth
28.2
Roughness
> 10 d50
0.5 10 d50
0.1 - 0.5 d50
< 0.1 d50
0.33
0
mum of 7.5
0.5
0
Stiffness
The modulus of subgrade reaction, k describes the ratio between an increment of horizontal
stress and an increment of sheet pile wall displacement.
k=
dH
dWH
(28.3)
The modulus of subgrade reaction is not a constant value, but actually depends on the depth
in the soil and the magnitude of the deformation. Correlation with other data is commonly
used (for example, with a cone penetration resistance qc or a Youngs modulus). General
guidelines on how to determine the modulus of subgrade reaction are contained in Terzaghi
(Terzaghi, 1955) and Mnard (Mnard, 1971). For Dutch conditions, additional guidelines are
Deltares
347
B
displacement w
28.3
Construction Stages
In D-S HEET P ILING, a calculation may involve several construction stages. From stage to
stage soil pressures can change due to excavation, a change in the water table, etc.
In such a case, D-S HEET P ILING uses the following calculation procedure to determine the soil
stress and stiffness.
If the vertical stress changes, D-S HEET P ILING performs a shift in the diagram that relates
the horizontal stress to the displacement. The horizontal stress increment is related to
the vertical stress increment by means of H = K0 V (see Figure 28.2 below).
New horizontal soil pressures acting on the wall (h *) are determined on the basis of
the new spring characteristics (k *) and the wall displacement from the previous stage
(w0 in the illustration).
These new pressures mean that there is no longer equilibrium for the wall displacement
w0 . Therefore, new displacements are calculated (based on the new spring characteristics).
Note: In Figure 28.2 the new spring (i.e. modulus of subgrade reaction k ) is usually identical
to the spring of the previous stage k , except in few cases:
When arching occurs, the modulus of subgrade reaction k must be multiplied by the
shell factor s. This is done automatically by the program, see Equation 37.3 in section 37.1.2;
When a slope is present, k must be reduced compare to the horizontal situation. This
is not done by the program, the user has to determine and enter the new value in the
Soil Materials window (section 4.3.2.4);
When excavation occurs, the modulus of subgrade reaction can be slightly reduced.
This is not done by the program.
348
Deltares
arctan k*
arctan k
p
h= Ko v
displacement w
Deltares
349
350
Deltares
29 CPT Interpretation
When a soil profile is determined from the results of a CPT, different interpretation rules are
available in D-S HEET P ILING based on the soil classification of Dutch recommendations or
standards (section 29.2). The properties of the materials from those soil classifications are
determined using Table 1 of NEN 6740 for the general parameters and using an extrapolation
of Table 3.3 of CUR 166 for the secant moduli of subgrade reaction (section 29.3).
29.1
Deltares
351
29.2.1
29.2.2
qc;N EN = qc;meas
352
100
v
0.67
Deltares
CPT Interpretation
29.2.3
29.3
Deltares
353
Material
unsat
3
29.3.2
[kN/m ]
18
19
20
19
20
21
18
19
20
19
19
20
21
22
20
17
19
20
18
20
21
20
15
16
12
13
sat
c
3
[kN/m ]
20
21
22
21
22
22.5
20
21
22
21
21
20
21
22
20
17
19
20
18
20
21
20
15
16
12
13
[kN/m ]
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
2.5
3.8
1
5
13
15
5
13
15
1
1
1
2.5
5
[ ]
35
37.5
40
32.5
35
40
32.5
35
40
32.5
30
30
32.5
35
35
17.5
17.5
25
22.5
22.5
27.5
32.5
15
15
15
15
354
Deltares
CPT Interpretation
Table 29.2: Secant moduli of subgrade reaction from Table 3.3 of CUR 166
Material
kh;1
kh;2
3
Deltares
[kN/m ]
20000
40000
54000
14000
20000
40000
12000
20000
40000
16000
14000
4000
6000
8000
6000
2000
4000
6000
3000
5000
7000
5000
1000
2000
1000
2000
kh;3
3
[kN/m ]
10000
20000
27000
7000
10000
20000
6000
10000
20000
8000
7000
2000
3000
4000
3000
1000
2000
3000
1500
2500
3500
2500
500
1000
500
1000
[kN/m3 ]
5000
10000
13500
3500
5000
10000
3000
5000
10000
4000
3500
1000
1500
2000
1500
500
1000
1500
750
1250
1750
1250
250
500
250
500
355
356
Deltares
If the slip planes intersect, the anchor is treated as a short anchorage (section 30.1)
and a slip plane from the rotation point of the sheet piling to the toe of the anchor wall
is assumed according to Kranz theory (Kranz, 1953).
If the slip planes do not intersect, the anchor is treated as a long anchorage (section 30.2) and the plate is analyzed as a stand-alone anchorage plate.
30.1
Short anchorage
For a short anchorage, the active and passive slip planes intersect, as shown in Figure 30.1.
The analysis is therefore performed assuming a deep slide plane between the retaining wall
rotation point and the toe of the anchor wall.
passive slip
plane
active slip
plane
Eo
Ec
H
Ea
Er
= arc tan
H -T
L cos B
rotation point
Figure 30.1: Stability of anchor wall for a short anchor (Kranz theory)
Note: The angle of the active slip plane and the positions of the rotation point in Figure 30.1
are automatically determined by the program. The rotation point is the first point below the
excavation level for which the calculated shear force in nil.
The equilibrium of the forces from the sheet piling, the anchor plate, the slip plane, the weight
of vertical soil slices and the loads lead to the allowable anchor force:
P =
Deltares
Ea (E0 + Er ) + Ec
Es
(30.1)
357
Ea
Ea = 12 Ka H 2 2c
E0
Ka H + Ka q H ;
Eo = 12 Ka T 2 2c
Ka T + Ka q T ;
is the horizontal pressure on deep slide plane:
Er = L cos 0 H+T
2 + q tan ( );
is the horizontal cohesive force along the slide plane:
EC = c L cos ;
is the factor due to the anchor inclination:
Er
Ec
Es
Ka =
1sin
1+sin
q
H
Note: Calculation of the allowable anchor force P is performed for two cases: Ea and Er
calculated with and without loads, and the minimum is used.
30.2
Long anchor
For a long anchorage, the active and passive slip planes do not intersect, as indicated in
Figure 30.2.
Ep
E0
The equilibrium of the forces from the sheet piling and the anchor plate lead to the allowable
anchor force:
P = Ep E0
(30.2)
where:
Ep
Ep = 1/2Kp T 2 2c Kp T + Kp qT
358
Deltares
E0
Ka
E0 = 1/2Ka T 2 2c Ka T
Ka =
Kp
1 sin
1 + sin
Kp =
1 + sin
1 sin
Note: The applicability of the method for long anchorage is limited to anchor walls where
T is smaller than approximately twice the height of the anchor wall. If this is not the case, a
warning message will be displayed.
Note: Calculation of the allowable anchor force P is performed for two cases: Ep calculated with and without loads, and the minimum is used. Moreover, only Surcharge loads
(section 4.4.2) are taken into account (not Uniform Loads section 4.4.1).
Note: For long anchorage, the anchor force P is also checked for a short anchor (Kranz theory) because it has been noticed that for long anchorage in some cases de Kranz verification
can be decisive.
Deltares
359
360
Deltares
31 Overall Stability
D-S HEET P ILING uses the Bishop method with circular slip planes to estimate the overall soil
stability (Janbu et al., 1956).
A stability analysis according to Bishop assumes a circular slip surface, defined by a center
point and a tangent line. D-S HEET P ILING uses a grid of trial center points for the center of the
slip surface. The initial center points range from 4 m above to 4 m below the top of the sheet
piling in the vertical direction, and from 1 m to 7 m from the sheet piling on the passive side
in the horizontal direction. The grid spacing is 1 meter in each direction. Twelve trial tangent
lines are used, ranging from 1 m below the toe of the sheet piling to half the length of the
sheet piling below the toe. D-S HEET P ILING iteratively moves the grid of trial center points in
the direction of the lowest safety factor. D-S HEET P ILING assumes that all uniform loads end at
a distance from the wall of 5 times the length of the sheet piling. D-S HEET P ILING does not take
into account any stability reduction due to an intersection of the slip plane with the anchorage
plate.
peat
peat
clay
sand
AZ 13
clay
sand
Optionally an input file and geometry file can be written for further stability analysis with
D-G EO S TABILITY (formerly known as MStab), see section 5.2.5. Cohesion and phi are written as representative values. A non-uniform surcharge from D-S HEET P ILING is written to the
D-G EO S TABILITY input file as a mean value. This may create a small difference between the
stability results from D-G EO S TABILITY and D-S HEET P ILING.
Deltares
361
362
Deltares
D-S HEET P ILING cannot determine the vertical forces caused by soil friction in detail, because
the required knowledge of the relative vertical displacement history is not produced as a result
of D-S HEET P ILING analysis. By default D-S HEET P ILING uses the safe assumption that friction
acts downwards on the active side, and upwards on the passive side (Figure 32.1). This
assumption is only useful if the default direction of the friction along the sheet piling is mainly
caused by the effect of the excavation itself. This may not be the case when normal force
loading also occurs.
The calculated resulting vertical force is compared to the vertical force capacity of the soil:
Fmax =
Pr;max;point A b
m;b
(32.1)
where:
Fmax
Deltares
363
M ;N
pr;max;point
A
b
m;b
For the calculation of the vertical force capacity of the soil Fmax , D-S HEET P ILING performs
this check for the case where plugging does not occur and also where it does (Figure 32.2).
In this latter case the area is taken to be the cross-sectional area of the sheet piling plus
the area of the plugged soil. However, for the calculation of the resulting vertical force Fv
in the unplugged case, a wall surface of 1 m2 /m is used instead of the paint surface (Acoat )
in accordance with the CUR 166 recommendations (part 1), leading therefore to the same
results for both plugged and unplugged cases.
The maximum point resistance, pr;max;point is a special average cone resistance, as defined
in the Dutch design code NEN 6743-1:2006 article 5.4.2.2 (NEN, 2006b):
Pr;max;point
1
= p s
2
qc;I;mean + qc;II;mean
+ qc;III;mean
2
(32.2)
where:
qc;I;mean
qc;II;mean
qc;III;mean
Deq
is the mean cone resistance over trajectory I, that runs from the pile point
level to a level that is at least 0.7 times and at most 4 times the equivalent
diameter (Deq ) deeper (with this lower depth selected to make pr;max;point a
minimum). If b > 1.5 a, then Deq is equal to a.
is the mean cone resistance over trajectory II, starting at the bottom of trajectory I and ending at the pile point, with this value not larger than the previous
value in the trajectory;
is the mean cone resistance over trajectory III, between the pile point level to
a level 8 times the equivalent diameter higher, with this value not larger than
the previous value in the trajectory;
is the equivalent pile
pdiameter:
364
Deltares
365
366
Deltares
33.1
Semi-probabilistic approach
A probabilistic design is based on a particular required safety level that is related to the probability of an occurrence. In this semi-probabilistic approach, variations of soil properties, sheet
piling properties, loading and geometry are taken into account by dividing representative values (also called characteristic values) by so-called partial safety factors. A representative
value can be a low value, a nominal (average/mean) value or a high value. The low and high
values are usually defined as the values that will be exceeded by 5 % of the samples during
testing.
The values of the partial safety factors are determined by the mechanism being considered,
by the variation of the parameter, and by the required safety level. The value of a partial safety
factor for a certain parameter is usually indicated by design codes or guidelines. The partial
safety factors are determined by the mechanism being considered, by the variation of the
parameter, and by the required safety level. The value of a partial safety factor for a certain
parameter is usually indicated by design codes or guidelines.
The use of representative values in combination with partial factors yields a high and/or low
design value for each parameter. Analysis of different combinations of the high and low values of parameters inside a variation study can be used to check whether failure is always
prevented or if serviceability is still ensured at the required safety level.
Probability
of this value
occuring
5%
5%
low
normal
high
value
The partial safety factors provided in design guidelines are in turn derived from the required
Deltares
367
X =
(33.1)
The in this expression is used as an influence parameter to model the predominance of the
parameter in relation to the considered failure mechanism.
The CUR design procedure distinguishes the following three safety classes, with corresponding reliability indexes:
Class I
Class II
Class III
33.2
Step 6:
368
Determine the minimum length of the sheet piling using a stability analysis
(section 5.2.2) including modified soil properties, surface levels and water
levels. Modification is performed according to sub-step 6.3 (as described
below)
Determine the design values for sheet piling dimensions
Five combinations of modified soil properties, surface levels and water levels. Those five combinations are referred as sub-steps 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4 and
6.5.Modified soil properties are calculated by applying partial factors on the
input low representative values for cohesion, friction and modulus of subgrade
reaction of the soil. Modified ground and water levels are calculated by applying level variations on the input water levels at the active and passive sides
and on the input ground level at the passive side. Figure 33.2 to Figure 33.6
gives a schematic representation of the modifications for each sub-steps and
Table 33.1gives an overview of the design values for each sub-steps.If safety
classes I, II or III are selected, the values of the partial factors and level variations defined in the User Defined Partial Factors window (section 4.1.2) are
used.
Deltares
Step 7:
Step 9:
Step 9.7:
Step 10:
Step 11.1:
Step 11.3:
Deltares
The design values for the Surcharges (section 4.4.2) and Uniform Loads
section 4.4.1 are calculated using the input partial factor in the corresponding window. Values of partial factors for permanent or temporary loads are
prescribed in table 3.7 of (CUR, 2005). Mean values of bending stiffness
section 4.2.1 and anchor stiffness (section 4.5.1) must be entered. See tables 3.1 and 3.3 of (CUR, 2005) for representative values of soil parameters.
D-S HEET P ILING offers the Lowest values of the modulus of subgrade reaction according to table 3.3 in section 4.3.2. If the Highest values are required the user needs to input them manually, multiplying the Lowest value
by 2.25.For a given length of the sheet piling, D-S HEET P ILING calculates the
maximum moment and the maximum displacement obtained from the five
sub-steps. If 100% of the mobilized resistance or if a displacement of 25%
of the sheet piling length are reached, the sheet piling is considered to be
unstable.
Determine the design moment (section 5.2.3) in the sheet piling by performing
analysis for the five combinations of Step 6 presented above. The design
moment corresponds to the maximum moment determined from the five substeps.
Determine the design anchor force (section 5.2.3) by performing analysis for
the five combinations of Step 6 presented above using a higher value for the
anchor stiffness. This new stiffness is determined using a multiplication factor
specified by the user (see the Verify Sheet Piling tab of the Start Calculation
window in section 5.2.3) according to the selected safety class. The design
anchor force corresponds to the maximum anchor force determined from the
five sub-steps.
Check vertical force balance (section 6.2) with the simplified assumption of
total friction on the active and passive sides. If the vertical balance is not met
then reversal of the wall friction force direction in the lower layers is permitted.
See chapter 32 for background information.
Determine the design displacements (section 5.2.3) from the Serviceability
Limit calculation which corresponds to Step 6.5. This means that the input
low representative values for the cohesion, friction and modulus of subgrade
reaction are used to find the design value, with no modification on the input
ground and water levels needed.
Check anchor wall stability (section 5.2.4) using the Kranz method. See chapter 30 for background information.
Check overall sheet piling stability (section 5.2.5) using the Bishop method.
The strength parameter of cohesion and the friction angle phi are divided by
1.5 and 1.2 respectively, for all safety classes (for safety classes see section 33.1). The driving moment is multiplied by 0.9 (class I), 1.0 (class II)
or 1.1 (class III) as prescribed in table 3.11 from CUR 166. For background
information, see chapter 31.
369
Step
Limit
kd(1)
cd
tan d
tan d
6.1
ULS
klow,rep /k
clow,rep /c
tan low,rep /tan
tan low,rep /tan
6.2
ULS
khigh,rep / 1.0 clow,rep /c
tan low,rep /tan
tan low,rep /tan
6.3
ULS
klow,rep /k
clow,rep /c
tan low,rep /tan
tan low,rep /tan
6.4
ULS
khigh,rep / 1.0 clow,rep /c
tan low,rep /tan
tan low,rep /tan
6.5
SLS
klow,rep
clow,rep
tan low,rep
tan low,rep
(1)
The high representative value of the modulus of subgrade reaction khigh,rep is determined
by multiplying the input low representative value klow,rep by 2.25.
Table 33.2: Design values of ground and water levels according to Step 6 of the CUR 166
procedure
Step
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
Limit
ULS
ULS
ULS
ULS
SLS
Ground (GL)
Passive side
GLrep - GLpas
GLrep - GLpas
GLrep - GLpas
GLrep - GLpas
GLrep
Active side
WLrep + WLact
WLrep + WLact
WLrep + WLact
WLrep + WLact
WLrep
step 6.1
Figure 33.2: Schematic representation of the soil stiffness, surface levels and water levels
modifications according to step 6.1 of the CUR 166 design procedure
370
Deltares
step 6.2
Figure 33.3: Schematic representation of the soil stiffness, surface levels and water levels
modifications according to step 6.2 of the CUR 166 design procedure
step 6.3
Figure 33.4: Schematic representation of the soil stiffness, surface levels and water levels
modifications according to step 6.3 of the CUR 166 design procedure
step 6.4
Figure 33.5: Schematic representation of the soil stiffness, surface levels and water levels
modifications according to step 6.4 of the CUR 166 design procedure
Deltares
371
step 6.5
Figure 33.6: Schematic representation of the soil stiffness, surface levels and water levels
modifications according to step 6.5 of the CUR 166 design procedure
step 9.1
Note: For steps 6.1 to 6.4, if the water level exceeds the ground level when increased, then
it is set equal to the ground level.
33.3
33.3.1
Deltares
33.3.2
Parameter
Cohesion
Tangent Phi
Tangent Delta
c
tan
Class I
1.00
1.05
Class II
1.00
1.15
Class III
1.10
1.20
Table 33.4: Level variations according to Table 3.7 of the CUR 166 design procedure
Level
Surface level (passive side)
Phreatic line (passive side)
Phreatic line (active side)
GLpas
WLpas
WLact
Class I
0.20
0.15
0.05
Class II
0.30
0.20
0.05
Class III
0.35
0.25
0.05
Load effect
Permanent unfavorable
Permanent favorable
Temporary unfavorable
Temporary favorable
Deltares
Class I
1.00
1.00
1.00
0.000
Class II
1.00
1.00
1.00
0.00
Class III
1.00
1.00
1.25
0.00
373
374
Deltares
section 34.1: The general Eurocode 1997 - Part 1: General rules (NEN-EN, March
2005);
section 34.2: The Dutch annex of the Eurocode 7 (NEN, september 2009) which prescribes the same design procedure as the CUR 166 design procedure (CUR, 2005),
except that the default partial factors are different;
section 34.3: The Belgian annex of the Eurocode 7 (NBN-EN, january 2011).
34.1
34.1.1
The Design Approach used will depend on the choice of the country where the verification is
performed/the construction takes place, in order to conform to their design methods. It should
be verified that a rupture or excessive deformation will not occur with the appropriate set of
partial factors applied.
34.1.2
Table A.3 gives the recommended partial factors on actions or on the effects of actions;
Table A.4 gives the recommended partial factors for soil parameters;
Table A.13 gives the recommended partial resistance factors for retaining structures.
For design approaches DA 1 combination 2 and DA 3, the partial factors are applied on
the loads whereas for design approaches DA 1 combination 1 and DA 2, the partial factors
are applied on the effect of the loads. In this second case, D-S HEET P ILING multiplies the
calculated moments and shear forces with a factor of 1.35 and applies a partial factor of only
1.1 (= 1.5/1.35) instead of 1.5 to the temporary unfavorable loads.
The partial resistance factor R;e has an effect on the maximum percentage of mobilized
resistance by decreasing it to a limited value of 100%/R;e instead of 100%.
Deltares
375
DA 1
set 1
Partial factors on actions (F ) or the effects of actions (E ):
Permanent, unfavorable
G;dst 1.35
Permanent, favorable
G;stb 1
Temporary, unfavorable
Q;dst 1.5
Temporary, favorable
Q;stb 0
Partial factors on soil parameters (M ):
Tangent of the angle of shearing resis.
1
Effective cohesion
c0
1
Undrained shear strength
cu
1
Unconfined strength
qu
1
Weight density
1
Partial resistance factors (R ):
Bearing capacity
R;v
1
Sliding resistance
R;h
1
Earth resistance
R;e
1
34.1.3
DA 1
set 2
DA 2
DA 3
1
1
1.3
0
1.35
1.
1.5
0
1
1
1.3
0
1.25
1.25
1.4
1.4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1.25
1.25
1.4
1.4
1
1
1
1
1.4
1.1
1.4
1
1
1
Water levels
The design input value for the position of the phreatic surfaces and the free water is defined
by the user.
34.1.4
376
Deltares
34.1.5
Table A.3 gives the recommended partial factors on actions or on the effects of actions;
Table A.4 gives the recommended partial factors for soil parameters;
Table A.14 gives the recommended partial resistance factors for overall stability.
Note: D-S HEET P ILING is not a program dedicated to overall stability and performs therefore a
quick stability check by applying partial factors only on soil parameters. For a complete overall
stability check, the user has to divide the calculated resisting moment by R;e . Besides,
if approaches DA 1,1 or DA 2 are used, the user has to multiply the driving moment (i.e.
resulting effect of the actions on the failure surface) by E . If approaches DA 1,2 or DA3 are
used, the user has to enter a design magnitude for loads.
The soil parameters of cohesion and friction angle are divided by the prescribed partial factors.
For the unit weight, low and high design values are used (i.e. input representative values are
respectively divided and multiplied by the prescribed partial factor. The minimum calculated
overall stability factor of both calculations is kept.
Table 34.2: Partial factors for overall stability acc. to Eurocode 1997-1
DA 1
set 1
Partial factors on actions (F ) or the effects of actions (E ):
Permanent, unfavorable
G;dst 1.35
Permanent, favorable
G;stb 1
Temporary, unfavorable
Q;dst 1.5
Temporary, favorable
Q;stb 0
Partial factors on soil parameters (M ):
Tangent of the angle of shearing resis.
1
Effective cohesion
c0
1
Undrained shear strength
cu
1
Unconfined strength
qu
1
Weight density
1
Partial resistance factors (R ):
Earth resistance
R;e
1
DA 1
set 2
DA 2
DA 3
1
1
1.3
0
1.35
1.
1.50
0
1
1
1.3
0
1.25
1.25
1.4
1.4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1.25
1.25
1.4
1.4
1
1.1
The overall sheet piling stability is checked using the Bishop method (chapter 31). According
to Eurocode 1997-1, circular slip surfaces where ground or embankment material is relatively
homogeneous and isotropic can be assumed.
Deltares
377
34.2.1
Reliability Class 1: Relatively simple constructions, no personal safety risks and relatively minor damage in the case of overall failure. = 2.5
Reliability Class 2: Considerable damage in the case of overall failure; minor personal
safety risks. = 3.4
Reliability Class 3: Major damage in the case of overall failure and/or considerable
personal safety risks. = 4.2
34.2.2
34.2.3
RC1
RC2
RC3
1.00
1.00
1.00
0.00
1.00
1.00
1.10
0.00
1.00
1.00
1.25
0.00
1.15
1.15
1.30
1.25
1.175
1.30
1.40
1.20
1.30
The Dutch annex the level of the resisting soil is lowered below the nominally expected level
by an amount a equal to 10% of the distance between the lowest support and the excavation
level, limited to a maximum of 0.5 m.
378
Deltares
Parameter
Increase retaining height
Max. increase retaining height
Change in phreatic line on passive side
Raise in phreatic line on active side
34.2.4
GLpas
WLpas
WLact
RC1
RC2
RC3
max(10% H; GLpas )
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.20
0.25
0.25
0.05
0.05
0.05
Soil parameter
Effective cohesion
Friction angle
Unit weight
34.3
34.3.1
Symbol
c0
0
RC1
1.30
1.20
1.00
RC2
1.45
1.25
1.00
RC3
1.60
1.30
1.00
34.3.2
Table A.3 ANB gives the recommended partial factors on actions or on the effects of
actions;
Table A.4 ANB gives the recommended partial factors for soil parameters;
Table A.13 ANB gives the recommended partial resistance factors for retaining structures.
Deltares
379
Combination 1
Partial factors on actions (F ) or the effects of actions (E ):
Permanent, unfavorable
G;dst
1.35
Permanent, favorable
G;stb
1
Temporary, unfavorable
Q;dst
1.5
Temporary, favorable
Q;stb
0
Partial factors on soil parameters (M ):
Tangent phi
0
1
Effective cohesion
c0
1
Undrained strength
cu
1
Unit weight
1
Partial resistance factors (R ):
Bearing capacity
R;v
1
Sliding resistance
R;h
1
Earth resistance
R;e
1
Combination 2
1
1
1.1
0
1.25
1.25
1.4
1
1
1
1
For combination 2, the partial factors are applied on the loads whereas for combination 1,
the partial factors are applied on the effect of the loads. In this second case, D-S HEET P ILING
multiplies the calculated moments and shear forces with a factor of 1.35 and applies a partial
factor of only 1.1 (= 1.5/1.35) instead of 1.5 to the temporary unfavorable loads.
34.3.3
34.3.4
34.3.5
380
Deltares
Combination 1
Partial factors on actions (F ) or the effects of actions (E ):
Permanent, unfavorable
G;dst
1.35
Permanent, favorable
G;stb
1
Temporary, unfavorable
Q;dst
1.5
Temporary, favorable
Q;stb
0
Partial factors on soil parameters (M ):
Tangent of the angle of shearing resis- f
1
tance
Effective cohesion
c0
1
Undrained shear strength
cu
1
Unconfined strength
qu
1
Weight density
1
Partial resistance factors (R ):
Earth resistance
R;e
1
Deltares
Combination 2
1
1
1.1
0
1.25
1.25
1.4
1.4
1
1
381
382
Deltares
35 Initial Stage
D-S HEET P ILING offers a special option to deal with initially non-horizontal surfaces, or initial
surcharges. A previously existing sheet pile wall will deform if a surcharge is later applied or
the surface profile altered, whereas if there is a surcharge already present or if the ground
surface is not horizontal at the time of installation, the sheet pile wall will not deform until a
change is made at a later time.
Figure 35.1: Effect of a surcharge when not using the initial stage
(35.1)
(35.2)
The stress following from the Boussinesq assumption is multiplied by a factor f to account for
the existence of the sheet piling, see section 27.3.
Deltares
383
Figure 35.2: Effect of a surcharge when using the initial stage option
(35.3)
The neutral stress changes when the initial stage option is used, whilst the active and passive
yield stresses remain the same as when the initial stress option is not used. This is illustrated
in Figure 35.3 below.
same side as surcharge
horizontal
stress
horizontal
stress
with initial
a
n
without initial
without initial
with initial
displacement
displacement
Figure 35.3: Soil stresses on both sides of the sheet pile wall, with and without the initial
stage option being used
On both sides of the sheet piling, the same value of initial neutral horizontal stress will result,
as long as the theoretical neutral stress is within the yield limits (a < n < p ). If this
condition can not be satisfied on a certain side however, the neutral stress will be set equal to
the yield limit, and deformation of the sheet piling will occur.
The load correction by the initial option remains active during all following stages, as long as
the soil is not excavated. See Equation 35.4 and Equation 35.5.
384
(35.4)
(35.5)
Deltares
36.1
Determine the soil displacements which would exist at the location of interest, where
the pile not presents, using one of both options:
Calculated soil displacements by D-S HEET P ILING using the De Leeuw tables (section 36.1.1);
User defined soil displacements calculated from an other program, for example a finite
element program;
Use D-S HEET P ILING to determine the displacements, moments and forces in the pile as
a result of these input undisturbed soil displacements (section 36.1.2).
36.1.1
Deltares
385
Note: In case of an inputted embankment load, D-S HEET P ILING schematizes it as an equivalent uniform load with a certain width as illustrated in Figure 36.2.
Limitations
The method has the following limitations:
As Poisson ratio = 0.5 is used (i.e. incompressible layer), this gives the elastic response of the soil in an undrained situation, so in fact directly after applying the load;
additional horizontal deformations due to consolidation are not accounted for;
The thickness of the stiff top layer is not taken into account.
The horizontal distance of the pile to the boundaries of the surcharge load is limited to
6 times the thickness of the elastic layer.
386
Deltares
avg =
i hi
i=1
(36.1)
where:
i
n
hi
H
The elasticity modulus is then derived from the dry unit weight by linear interpolation in the
table below, according to De Leeuw & Timmermans.
Table 36.1: E-modulus vs. unit weight (De Leeuw & Timmermans)
[kN/m ]
10
13
18
19
E
[kN/m2 ]
575
1000
1500
2800
k=
h0
uh
(36.2)
where:
uh
is the horizontal soil displacement calculated with De Leeuw tables (De Leeuw,
1963).
Deltares
387
Figure 36.3: Lateral earth pressure and pile deformation by soil deformation
D-S HEET P ILING does not consider geometrical non-linearity while the prescribed soil displacements are being applied. A normal force (such as the weight of a building supported by the
pile) will therefore not affect the bending moment during analysis of prescribed displacements.
Soil reaction
D-S HEET P ILING uses Equation 28.1 and Equation 28.2 to determine the active and passive
lateral pressures from the input of the lateral earth pressure coefficients. The soil stiffness is
determined from the input of the modulus of subgrade reaction. When performing single pile
calculations based upon soil displacements the user needs to take the effect of arching into
account by suitable modification of the earth pressure coefficients. Ka and K0 are usually
modeled as zero, whilst Kp needs to be determined specially:
In soil layers with soil displacements a calculation has to be made for the situation without
a pile. This calculation gives the soil displacements, U , and change in soil pressure ( )
on the location of the pile. The horizontal subgrade modulus can then be calculated in this
way: Khor = s 2 /U . In this formula s is the shell factor (in soft layers mostly 1.5).
Alternatively, the passive earth pressure coefficient, Kp can be calculated automatically by
selecting the Brinch-Hansen method (see section 36.2.1) in which case Ka and K0 will be
set to zero.
When calculating for piles loaded by soil displacements, the results of the calculation are
highly influenced by the soil displacements and the value of the horizontal subgrade modulus
in the displacing soil layers.
36.2
388
Deltares
Brinch-Hansen
D-S HEET P ILING uses Equation 36.3 to determine the passive pressure against the pile according to Brinch-Hansen (Brinch-Hansen and Christensen, 1961).
p = Kq v0 + Kc c, a = 0, n = 0
(36.3)
Kq =
Kc =
Kq0 + Kq q
D
B
(36.4)
D
B
(36.5)
D
1 + q
B
Kc0 + Kc c
1 + c
D
B
where:
+
e( 2 +)tan cos tan
0
(
)
Kc = e 2
+
1 cot
cos tan
4
2
Kq = Kc K0 tan
Kc = Nc d
c
4
d
c = 1.58 + 4.09 tan
h
i
Nc = etan tan2
+
1 cot
4
2
K0 = 1 sin for OCR = 1
Kq0
K0 sin
0
Kq Kq
sin 4 + 2
K0
c = c 0 2 sin
+
Kc Kc
4
2
q =
p = Kp v + 2c Kp , it can be deduced:
Kp = Kq
c Kc
c = p
2 Kq
Deltares
389
Over consolidated
Normally consolidated
Decomposed, weathered
36.2.2
Peat
1
-
Clay
1
2/3
1/2
Loam
2/3
1/2
1/2
Sand
1/2
1/3
1/3
Gravel
1/3
1/4
1/4
Mnard
D-S HEET P ILING uses Equation 36.6 to determine the modulus of subgrade reaction according
to Mnard (Mnard, 1971). This method automatically takes the effect of arching into account.
1
=
kh
1
R
3Em 1.3R0 2.65 r0
4(2.65) +3
2R
Em
18
+ R
if R R0
(36.6)
if R < R0
where:
kh
Em
R0
R
390
Deltares
37 Special Cases
D-S HEET P ILING can be used to make calculations for a number of situations that deviate from
standard daily practice.
37.1
37.1.1
Acting width
Berlin Walls. Berlin Walls are a combination of I-shaped piles, with horizontal planks
inserted in the upper part. If the bending stiffness of the planks is negligible then
direct output of the true bending moment of each pile can be produced. The Combined Wall wizard (section 4.2.2) automatically converts the wall into the appropriate
D-S HEET P ILING model. For example, if the piles of a Berlin wall are positioned 3 m
center-to-center and the width of the flange is 0.4 m, for the upper part an acting width
of b = 3 m is used and the stiffness of a pile is divided by 3: EI = EIpile /3. For the
lower part with only piles, the width of the soil that acts on a single pile is b = 0.4, the
stiffness is divided to give EI = EIpile /0.4.
Combined walls. The Combined Wall wizard (section 4.2.2) automatically converts
a combined wall, which is made from a combination of regular sheet piling parts with
tubular piles, into the appropriate D-S HEET P ILING model. For instance, for piles positioned 3 m center-to-center, with an outer diameter of 0.8 m with the sheet piling parts
contributing to the bending stiffness: For the upper part, an acting width of b = 3 m is
used, and the stiffness of the section is divided by 3: EI = EIsection /3. For the lower
part with only piles, the acting width is b = 0.8 m and the pile stiffness is again by the
acting width: EI = EIpile /0.8
37.1.2
Deltares
391
p = K*p v
k*
p = Kp v
a = Ka v
a = K*a v
The resulting equations for the soil pressure (per unit area) are:
s=
beq
bpile
Kp = s Kp
k =sk
Ka
Ka =
s
(37.1)
(37.2)
(37.3)
(37.4)
The shell factor s is a user defined input value in the Soil Materials window (see section 4.3.2).
D-S HEET P ILING modifies automatically the passive and active earth pressure coefficients Kp
and Ka according to Equation 37.2 and Equation 37.4 respectively and the modulus of subgrade reaction according to Equation 37.3.
Tutorial 10 (chapter 16) gives an example of the application of this method.
37.2
392
Deltares
Special Cases
37.2.1
q' = q
1
1+2d
load
l + 2d
surface level
45o
sheet piling
The influence of a top load q (with constant dimensions b l) on the sheet pile wall can be
calculated in the following way:
The top load is assumed to be distributed over an angle of 45 from the front of the load
(see Figure 37.2, left). This produces the following load formula:
q0 =
l
q
l + 2d
(37.5)
The load q calculated in this way is then entered as being applied over the distance
between d and d + b behind the wall (see Figure 37.2, right). The influence of this load
can now be calculated using D-S HEET P ILING.
Deltares
393
Complex load
If the dimensions of the top load in both directions are not constant, the load can be divided
into n sub-loads with constant dimensions. The formula for the calculated load is given in
Figure 37.3. Load distribution should always be assumed to start from the side that is closest
to the sheet pile wall.
sheet piling
load q
d1
l3
l2
l1
d2
d3
q'n = q
q'2
q'1
ln
ln + 2dn
q'3
Figure 37.3: Calculated load (bottom) for a load shape that is not constant (top)
This method can also be used if the load in the direction perpendicular to the wall is indeed
constant, but it extends so far away from the wall that division into a number of sub-loads is
more economical. It must always be assumed that load distribution starts from the side that is
closest to the sheet piling.
See chapter 18 for a tutorial example of the application of this method.
37.3
Deltares
Special Cases
pit then the water pressures on the excavated side will not start at zero at the water level, and
the floor will experience uplift. The concrete floor will need to be piled in order to resist this
uplift force. These effects can be modeled in different ways. One of the methods is described
below, and consists of the following steps:
The underwater concrete is modeled as a soil layer. This means that the concrete is
considered as a system of vertically unlinked elasto-plastic springs, in the same way as
other soil layers. Fixed values should be used for the characteristics of the soil layer.
The water pressure against the bottom of the underwater concrete can be modeled in the
following way:
The soil water table is set at the level of the bottom of the concrete floor.
A uniform load acting on the top of the concrete layer is entered, with a size equal to
the direct water pressure under the floor. This load represents the forces acting on the
floor from the floors piles.
For all soil layers under the floor, an excess pore water pressure is entered which is the
same as the top load. This causes the water pressure distribution to be correct.
d = n = 0 is used for the concrete, assuming that the uplift forces on the floor and
the weight of the floor are transmitted to piles and therefore do not act on the soil layer
directly below the concrete.
See chapter 13 for a detailed tutorial example of the application of this method.
37.4
The water flow changes the water pressure that is directed immediately against the wall.
Because of this, the pressure on the side of the wall with the highest water pressure will
decrease, while the pressure on the other side will increase. At the toe of the wall, the
pressure difference is zero.
Due to the change in the water pressures, the effective stress in the soil mass around
the wall also changes. This will cause the effective stress against both sides of the wall
to change.
Deltares
395
p2 - p1
d2
hydrostatic pressure
d1
w1
w2
hydrostatic pressure
p1
p2
In general, the approximation methods described below will be sufficient. For cases with a
major difference in water pressure, or for very critical cases, a flow calculation should be
performed using a specialized flow program, such as Deltares Systems MSeep.
A pore water under-pressure is entered on the side with the highest pressure:
w =
0.7 h
p
Y2
d2 + (d1 d2 )
(37.6)
On the other side, an excess pore water pressure is entered in accordance with:
w = +
0.7 h
p
Y1
d1 + (d1 d2 )
(37.7)
where:
h
d1 , d2
Y1 , Y2
It should be noted that when using this method, a minor difference in water pressure remains
at the toe.
396
Deltares
Special Cases
Approximation method for sheet pile wall in stratified soil
When the soil structure is stratified, the pressure head differences mostly occur over the layers
that have low permeability. The flow resistance of the relatively permeable layers is negligible.
The jump in pore water pressure over layer i can be calculated using the following formula:
wi = h w
di
1
Pd
i
ki
k
(37.8)
where:
di
ki
h
Figure 37.5 is a diagram of the pressure in a stratified soil, as calculated using the equation
given above.
d1, k1
hydrostatic
pressure
d3, k3
d2, k2
flow
37.5
Deltares
397
A contiguous bored-pile wall can be modeled in D-S HEET P ILING by inputting an equivalent
stiffness of:
EI =
D4
Epile
64 d
(37.9)
EI =
37.5.2
D3
Epile
64
(37.10)
398
Deltares
Special Cases
They can be modeled in D-S HEET P ILING by inputting an equivalent stiffness of:
EI =
D4
(6 sin 4 + 8 sin 2 12) Epile
384 d
(37.11)
S=
D2
( + sin 2 2)
4d
(37.12)
37.5.3
EI =
D3
Econcrete + Isteel (Esteel Econcrete )
64
(37.13)
1 D4
EI =
Econcrete + Isteel (Esteel Econcrete )
d 64
(37.14)
EI =
D4
(6 sin 4 + 8 sin 2 12) Econcrete
384 d
+ Isteel (Esteel Econcrete ) (37.15)
where:
Econcrete
Esteel
Isteel
Deltares
399
400
Deltares
38 Settlements by vibration
38.1
Model description
Settlements due to vibratory installation and removal of sheet piles are mainly caused by
densification of the sand and by installation or removal of a sheet pile volume. The model
implemented in D-S HEET P ILING is based on the model developed by Meijers (Meijers and Tol,
Juli 2010) (Meijers, december 2007). This model calculates the densification and excess pore
pressures during the installation and removal of the sheet pile.
The densification or generation of excess pore pressures is calculated from the shear strain
amplitude and the number of loading cycles. The used model is the so called C/L model. The
propagation of vibrations is calculated using a stress attenuation formulation. Dissipation of
excess pore pressures is calculated with a standard consolidation equation with both vertical
and radial dissipation. For a more detailed description of the modeling reference is made to
the literature (Meijers and Tol, Juli 2010) (Meijers, december 2007).
For the calculation of the densification an axial symmetric geometry is used. The dimensions
are among others determined by the cross section area
The program calculates the situation for installation of the sheet piles. For the situation of
removal it is taken that the densification at the not-excavated site amounts 20% of the densification during installation. With this the settlements during removal and the total settlement
are calculated. The used expressions are:
38.2
Parameters
The model uses a large number of parameters. In the implementation in D-S HEET P ILING, one
part of them is fixed parameters whereas the other part is user-defined parameters.
The user-defined parameters are:
The other soil parameters are derived from a correlation with the relative density.
The fixed parameters are:
Deltares
401
402
Deltares
39 Benchmarks
Deltares Systems commitment to quality control and quality assurance has led them to develop a formal and extensive procedure to verify the correct working of all of their geotechnical
engineering tools. An extensive range of benchmark checks have been developed to check
the correct functioning of each tool. During product development these checks are run on a
regular basis to verify the improved product. These benchmark checks are provided in the
following sections, to allow the user to overview the checking procedure and verify for themselves the correct functioning of D-S HEET P ILING.
The benchmarks are subdivided into five separate groups as described below.
Group 1 Benchmarks from literature (exact solution) Simple benchmarks for which
an exact analytical result is available from literature.
Group 2 Benchmarks from literature (approximate solution) More complex benchmarks described in literature for which an approximate solution is known.
Group 3 Benchmarks from spread sheets Benchmarks which test program features
specific to D-S HEET P ILING.
Group 4 Benchmarks generated by D-S HEET P ILING Benchmarks for which the reference results are generated using D-S HEET P ILING.
Group 5 Benchmarks compared with other programs Benchmarks for which the
results of D-S HEET P ILING are compared with the results of other programs.
The number of benchmarks in group 1 will probably remain the same in the future. The reason
for this is that they are very simple, using only the most basic features of the program.
The number of benchmarks in group 2 may grow in the future. The benchmarks in this chapter
are well documented in literature. There are no exact solutions available for these problems,
however in the literature estimated results are available. When verifying the program, the
results should be close to the results found in the literature.
The number of benchmarks in groups 3, 4 and 5 will grow as new versions of the program are
released. These benchmarks are designed so that (new) features specific to the program can
be verified. The benchmarks are kept as simple as possible so that only one specific feature
is verified from one benchmark to the next.
As much as software developers would wish they could, it is impossible to prove the correctness of any non-trivial program. Re-calculating all the benchmarks in this report, and making
sure the results are as they should be, proves to some degree that the program works as it
should. Nevertheless, there will always be combinations of input values that will cause the
program to crash or to produce wrong results. Hopefully by using the verification procedure
the number of ways this can occur will be limited.
The benchmarks are all described in detail in the Verification Report available in the installation directory of the program.
The input files can be found on CD-ROM or can be downloaded from our website www.
deltaressystems.com.
Deltares
403
404
Deltares
Bibliography
Boussinesq, J., 1885. Application des Potentiels lEtude de lEquilibre et du Mouvement des
Solides Elastiques. Gauthier-Villars, Paris. 346
Brinch-Hansen, J. and N. H. Christensen, 1961. The Ultimate Resistance of Rigid Piles
Against Transversal Forces. Brinch-Hansen, J. and Christensen, N.H.; The Ultimate Resistance of Rigid Piles Against Transversal Forces, Bulletin no. 12 of the Geoteknisk Institut,
1961. 5, 389, 391
Culmann, K., 1866. Die Graphische Statik. Zrich. 344
CUR, 2005. Publikatie 166: Damwanconstructies. 4e druk (Design Guide Sheet Piling, in
Dutch) . 6, 7, 39, 58, 94, 161, 215, 221, 343, 348, 367, 368, 369, 375
De Leeuw, E. H., 1963. Tabellen ter bepaling van horizontale spanningen en verplaatsingen
in een homogene elastische laag van eindige dikte. Laboratorium voor Grondmechanica,
Delft (The Netherlands). SE-58-IX-b. 62, 285, 288, 385, 387
DINO. URL www.dinoloket.nl, database (Data en Informatie van de Nederlandse Ondergrond), Data and Information of the Subsurface of The Netherlands. 67, 140, 149, 173
GeoBrain. URL www.geobrain.nl/funderingstechniek, database. 133, 257, 261
Harderwijk and NVAF/PSW, 2002. Schadevrij installeren van stalen damwand in Nederland.
. 133, 135
Jky, J., 1948. Minimum value of earth pressure. Proc. 2nd Int. Conf. Soil Mech. Found.
Engg. I, Rotterdam. 343
Janbu, N., L. Bjerrum and B. Kjaernsli, 1956. Veiledning ved lsing av fundamenteringsoppgaver (Soil mechanics applied to some engineering problems). Norwegian Geotechnical
Institute Publ. 16. Oslo. 361
Ktter, F., 1903. Die Bestimmung des Druckes an gekrmmten Gleitflchen. Sitzungsbericht
Kn. Preu. Ak. d. Wissenschaften, Berlin. 345
Kranz, E., 1953. ber die Verankerung von Spundwnden. Verlag Wilhelm Ernst & Sohn. 4,
80, 103, 357
Meijers, P., december 2007. Settlement during vibratory sheet piling Dissertatie TU Delft. .
6, 133, 401
Meijers, P. and A. F. v. Tol, Juli 2010. Voorspelling maaiveldzakking door het in en uittrillen
van damwanden. GEOtechniek pages 4045. 6, 133, 401
Mnard, L., 1971. Mthode gnrale de calcul dun rideau ou dun pieu sollicit horizontalement en fonction des rsultats pressiomtriques. Sols-soils VI: 2223. Mnard, L., Et.
Al. 5, 347, 390
Mller-Breslau, H., 1906. Erddruck auf Sttzmauern. Verlag Krner, Stuttgart. 345
NBN-EN, january 2011. NBN-EN 1997-1 ANB:2011 Ontw (Belgian Design Code). Eurocode
7: Geotechnisch ontwerp Deel 1: Algemne regels (National Annex of Eurocode 7:
Geotechnical design Part 1: General rules), 1st edition, Draft. 7, 36, 97, 108, 375
Deltares
405
Terzaghi, K., 1955. Evaluation of coefficients of subgrade reaction. Gotechnique Vol. 5, no.
4. 347
406
Deltares
PO Box 177
2600 MH Delft
Rotterdamseweg 185
2629 HD Delft
The Netherlands